{"title":"Servery \u0026 Display Machines","description":"\u003cp\u003eExplore our extensive range of servery \u0026amp; display machines, designed to enhance your catering operations. Perfect for showcasing food while maintaining optimal temperature, these machines are essential for any commercial kitchen. Shop now to find the ideal solution for your serving needs.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"1-5ltr-commercial-chocolate-melter-with-dial-temperature-control","title":"1.5Ltr Commercial Chocolate Melter with Dial Temperature Control","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 1.5Ltr Chocolate Melter 09..5L is a versatile and efficient solution designed specifically for those who require seamless chocolate melting in various settings. Ideal for bakers, caterers, and chocolate enthusiasts, this chocolate melter simplifies the melting process, ensuring you achieve the perfect consistency every time. With its user-friendly design and robust performance, this product eliminates the hassle of traditional melting methods, allowing you to focus on creating delicious confections.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a stainless steel removable bowl and a durable base unit, the chocolate melter is engineered for easy cleaning and longevity. The innovative design addresses the common issues associated with chocolate melting by utilizing a dry heat system. This means there's no need for a messy water bath, significantly reducing preparation time and effort. The accurate temperature control feature further enhances its functionality, bringing you a reliable tool for all your baking needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 80W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.5Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 260(H) x 210(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel \u0026amp; Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 4kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable thermostat for personalized temperature settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes it easy to move and store.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReliable melting or tempering without the mess of a water bath.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple dial temperature control allows for quick adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDry heat system ensures even melting without overheating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe adjustable thermostat allows for precision melting tailored to your specific chocolate type.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe lightweight construction not only makes it portable but also simplifies storage options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWith no need for a water bath, your workspace remains neat and efficient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe easy-to-use dial enables quick temperature changes to meet your needs seamlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEven heat distribution prevents seizing and burning, conserving your ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThis chocolate melter is designed for durability, ensuring -term reliability in settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Chocolate Fountain\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient melting system\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSaves time and reduces preparation effort in busy kitchens.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy cleaning design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAllows for more time spent on creativity rather than cleanup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConsistent temperature control\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures a perfect melt every time, enhancing your end product’s quality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chocolate melter excels in various applications, making it a versatile asset in any kitchen or catering environment. Here are some ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e kitchens for preparing desserts and pastries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering events where continuous chocolate flow is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWorkshops and demonstrations for teaching chocolate work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHome parties where chocolate fountains are featured.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure that the chocolate melter is placed on a flat, stable surface. After each use, allow the unit to cool down before removing the bowl for easy washing. Regular cleaning of the exterior with a damp cloth is recommended to maintain its appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow quickly does it melt chocolate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe efficient dry heat system allows for fast melting, often within minutes depending on the quantity of chocolate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for different types of chocolate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the adjustable thermostat offers flexibility for melting various chocolate types, including dark, milk, and chocolate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the bowl dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe removable bowl can be easily cleaned by hand or in a dishwasher for convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the ease of chocolate melting with the 1.5Ltr Chocolate Melter 09..5L. Order today and elevate your chocolate creations to a new level of excellence.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810514157953,"sku":"HU021","price":619.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/71f2751c24d78af45c2d881666da6944.png?v=1781698155"},{"product_id":"100l-commercial-countertop-display-fridge-with-sliding-doors","title":"100L Commercial Countertop Display Fridge with Sliding Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series Countertop Display Fridge Black 100Ltr is an essential addition for any commercial kitchen or retail environment, providing an efficient way to display and preserve perishable items. Designed with both aesthetics and functionality in mind, this refrigerator ensures that your products remain at optimal serving temperatures while attracting customer attention.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durable plastic and glass materials, the C-Series Fridge not only offers a stylish look but also helps safeguard food from pests and airborne bacteria. Its user-friendly digital controls make monitoring temperature simple, and the removable shelves and doors streamline cleaning, setting this unit apart from the competition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 100Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 687(H) x 705(W) x 472(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 39kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful forced air cooling for efficient temperature maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGenerous temperature range of 2°C to 10°C for versatile storage options\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e -saving LED lighting enhances visibility of products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic off cycle defrost helps maintain efficient operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy adjustable shelves provide customizable storage solutions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSecure feet ensure stability on any countertop surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntuitive digital panel for precise temperature control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy access sliding glass doors facilitate quick serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable components make cleaning straightforward\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEco-friendly refrigerant contributes to efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStylish appearance compliments any retail or kitchen setting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e Rating A for reduced running costs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Countertop Display Fridges\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEfficient cooling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStay assured your products are stored at ideal temperatures, extending their shelf life.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElegant design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnhance the visual appeal of your display area, attracting more customers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpend less time on maintenance, allowing you to focus on your business.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series Countertop Display Fridge is perfect for various applications, ensuring that food and beverages are both stored and displayed effectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for cafes and coffee shops for showcasing pastries and beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect in retail environments to display bottled drinks and snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for restaurants needing a compact solution for quick-access items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for supermarkets featuring grab-and-go meal options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile for catering events, keeping items visible and fresh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, position the C-Series fridge on a stable countertop away from direct sunlight and heat sources. Regularly clean the shelves and interior to maintain hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fridge operates within a temperature range of 2°C to 10°C, ideal for preserving a variety of products.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow easy is it to clean the fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series fridge features removable shelves and doors, making it exceptionally easy to clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fridge comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labor, providing peace of mind with your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eExperience the combination of style and practicality with the C-Series Countertop Display Fridge. Order today to enhance your food display and preservation capabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810578678145,"sku":"CU636","price":1358.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/91a9a7dc06b3289a867d7666d727f127.png?v=1781698802"},{"product_id":"100l-commercial-countertop-display-fridge-with-sliding-glass-doors","title":"100L Commercial Countertop Display Fridge with Sliding Glass Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series Countertop Display Fridge 100Ltr is an ideal solution for businesses seeking to enhance visibility and accessibility for their chilled offerings. Perfect for delis, cafes, or convenience stores, this display fridge helps maintain the perfect serving temperature while showcasing products in an appealing manner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from resilient plastic and glass, this unit effectively resolves common refrigeration issues, providing a reliable cooling environment. The sliding glass doors not only provide easy access but also protect food items from contaminants. Its user-friendly features, like the intuitive digital control panel, set it apart, making it a smart investment for efficient merchandising.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 100Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 687(H) x 705(W) x 472(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 39kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful forced air cooling ensures consistent temperature across the unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -saving LED light highlights fridge contents to maximise sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic off cycle defrost reduces maintenance effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e2 sturdy adjustable shelves allow maximised storage capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy feet allow secure countertop positioning for stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDigital temperature control provides accurate readings for optimal food safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSliding glass doors are convenient for quick access while protecting the contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable shelves and doors simplify cleaning after service, ensuring hygiene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e efficient operation with an A rating helps manage operational costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSleek design enhances this unit's appearance, complementing any setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction ensures longevity and durability in high-traffic environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Countertop Display Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasily manage and monitor temperatures for food safety.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower costs without sacrificing performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eExcellent visibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAttract customers with a clear view of your offerings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSturdy build\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable in busy environments, reducing replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile display fridge is perfect for a variety of settings and industries, maximizing efficiency and visibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDelis and sandwich shops\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGrocery stores\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes and coffee shops\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFast food establishments\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuffets and catering companies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, position this countertop display fridge on a sturdy surface. Ensure that it is plugged into a suitable outlet and regularly check the internal temperature to maintain food safety standards. Cleaning is easy, thanks to removable shelves and doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does this fridge operate in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fridge maintains a temperature range between 2°C to 10°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the shelving adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the fridge features 2 sturdy adjustable shelves for maximised storage capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series Countertop Display Fridge comes with a 2-year warranty on parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis countertop display fridge offers practical benefits for displaying chilled products while ensuring optimal temperature control. Order today to upgrade your merchandising options.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810578874753,"sku":"CU637","price":1358.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/dfd41cab63025cd2fc5815a8aa0d4584.png?v=1781698809"},{"product_id":"100ltr-commercial-countertop-display-fridge-silver","title":"100Ltr Commercial Countertop Display Fridge Silver","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Countertop Display Merchandiser Silver 100Ltr HOST1101CR is an essential refrigeration solution designed specifically for retail environments. Perfect for cafes, bakeries, and convenience stores, this display fridge allows businesses to showcase and preserve a variety of products while enhancing customer visibility. Its sleek design and optimal functionality ensure that your items remain fresh and visually appealing, driving sales in the process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durability in mind, this countertop display fridge features a robust electric build tailored for demanding commercial use. The structured layout, highlighted by two adjustable shelves, maximizes storage capacity while ensuring easy access to all products. With its temperature range of 2°C to 12°C, it effectively preserves a plethora of perishables, presenting a valuable asset for any business needing reliable refrigeration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 675(H) x 682(W) x 450(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 39kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRefrigerant R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range of 2°C to 12°C suitable for various produce.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo strong and adjustable shelves to maximize capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient operation with 911.7 kWh\/annum consumption.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity allows for ample storage of products, perfect for busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelves provide flexibility for different sized items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEffective temperature settings maintain product freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eElegant silver finish enhances overall display aesthetics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient design reduces operational costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions make it suitable for various countertop spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Countertop Display Fridges\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAmple storage capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eShowcase more products to attract customers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to adapt for changing product lines.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSave on electricity bills while keeping items cold.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompact footprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eOptimal use of countertop space, even in smaller shops.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Countertop Display Merchandiser excels in various commercial settings. Here are some of the optimal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés and coffee shops for displaying pastries and beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries presenting baked goods to entice customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenience stores for showcasing quick snacks and cold drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGrocery stores for keeping deli items easily accessible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for presenting a selection of desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo maximize your investment, ensure a stable, level surface during installation. Regularly check the temperature settings and clean the display areas to maintain hygiene and efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does the display fridge operate in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Countertop Display Merchandiser operates within a temperature range of 2°C to 12°C, making it suitable for a variety of perishables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power requirement for this fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis display fridge requires an electric power supply with a voltage of 230V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the product suitable for outdoor use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis countertop display fridge is designed for indoor use only, specifically suited for mainland installations within England, Scotland, and Wales.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the HOST Countertop Display Merchandiser Silver 100Ltr HOST1101CR today and elevate your product presentation while ensuring optimal freshness. Order now to enhance your retail space!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810580185473,"sku":"HT150","price":801.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/c3bf763cb85666fc314dd935521dd3e4.png?v=1781698817"},{"product_id":"10l-commercial-soup-kettle-and-warmer-for-catering-use","title":"10L Commercial Soup Kettle and Warmer for Catering Use","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Soup Kettle Graphite 10Ltr 71110 is a must-have for any catering looking to efficiently serve high-margin soups, stews, and even warm beverages like mulled wine. Its impressive capacity of 10 litres allows for generous servings, making it the ideal partner for busy restaurants, corporate canteens, or food trucks catering to large events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable stainless steel and featuring a sleek graphite finish, this soup kettle is designed to withstand the demands of a busy kitchen environment. Its stainless steel hinged lid ensures easy access, allowing you to serve delicious hot food with minimal effort. Perfect for both mobile catering and stationary setups, it minimizes upkeep and helps you maintain an organized kitchen workflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 10Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 340(H) x 340(Ø)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.4kW, 230V, 2A\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.6kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Graphite\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSeamless stainless steel liner for easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel hinged lid provides effortless access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for holding high-margin soups and stews, increasing profitability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile and user-friendly, suitable for various catering events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight and portable, ideal for mobile and event catering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity allows for high-volume service, reducing refill times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable materials ensure longevity, minimizing replacement costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy access design improves efficiency during busy service hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePortable structure is perfect for event catering on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMinimal upkeep makes it a practical choice for any kitchen staff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSleek design complements various kitchen aesthetics and setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Soup Kettles And Warmers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge 10L capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eServe more customers without constant refills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable stainless steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eResistant to wear, lasting through many services.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePortable design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFlexibility to cater events anywhere.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend more time serving and less time cleaning.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Soup Kettle is incredibly versatile and shines in various scenarios:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStaff canteens where consistent soup or stew offerings are required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks and mobile catering setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -style events where self-service is encouraged.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering for parties and large gatherings, providing warming solutions for beverages and food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the kettle is placed on a stable, flat surface during use. Regularly check and clean the stainless steel liner to maintain hygiene and prevent food buildup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power rating of the Soup Kettle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kettle operates at 0.4kW, 230V, 2A, making it -efficient for prolonged use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is the Soup Kettle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kettle weighs 4.6kg, making it manageable for transport while still sturdy for stationary use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Soup Kettle comes with a 1-year warranty, ensuring peace of mind with your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you’re looking for a reliable and stylish addition to your catering setup, the Soup Kettle Graphite 10Ltr 71110 is your solution. Order today and enhance your service capabilities!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810585919873,"sku":"L369","price":227.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/3f4746a03cdd1f9d5e7c3140e3336b5a.png?v=1781699077"},{"product_id":"10ltr-commercial-countertop-heated-soup-well-warmer","title":"10Ltr Commercial Countertop Heated Soup Well Warmer","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Heatmax 10Ltr Round Heated Well Counter Top is the ideal solution for food service professionals looking to keep soups and other hot dishes heated and ready to serve. Perfect for lines, catering events, or busy kitchens, this product enables effective temperature control, ensuring that your dishes stay at the perfect serving temperature without hassle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality stainless steel, the Heatmax is built to last, coping with the daily demands of a busy service environment. It effectively addresses the common challenge of maintaining consistencies in temperature and readiness, allowing staff to focus on providing exceptional service. Unlike many warmers, the model features user-friendly controls that make operation smooth and efficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 10Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 355(H) x 359(W) x 330(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSet timers for cooking and holding modes, allowing for precise control over your food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eActual temperature display in both heat and hold modes provides real-time monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAudible dry pan alert ensures you never run out of water in the heating unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSpecial steam plate accessory included for fast steaming and rethermalizing, maximizing versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly design simplifies temperature adjustments and operational settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eElectronic thermostatic control offers precise temperature ranges, enhancing food quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuilt-in timer with flexible settings assists in managing cooking and holding durations effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic switching between heat and hold modes aids in managing multiple dishes concurrently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel material not only provides longevity but also simplifies cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact size makes it suitable for countertop placement, eliminating the need for extensive space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Soup Kettles And Warmers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy Temperature Control\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly maintain the perfect serving temperature for your dishes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eTwo-Year Warranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePeace of mind knowing your investment is protected against defects.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompact Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUtilizes minimal countertop space while providing maximum capacity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heatmax is versatile and fits seamlessly into a variety of settings. Here are some ideal uses:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e service for keeping soups and sauces at optimal temperatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering events where prompt food service is essential\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks and concession stands in need of reliable heating solutions\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurant kitchens where counter space is at a premium\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSelf-service areas in cafeterias and dining halls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the heated well is installed in a well-ventilated area and is compatible with electrical outlets. Regularly check and clean the heating unit to maintain efficient operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range for the Heatmax?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heatmax features a temperature range from 40-95°C in hold mode and defaults to 100°C in heat mode.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow can I set the timer for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe timer can be set for up to 360 minutes in hold mode and 120 minutes in heat mode.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the Heatmax comes with a two-year warranty for parts and labour, ensuring a reliable purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDon't compromise when it comes to food safety and preparation. Order the Heatmax 10Ltr Round Heated Well Counter Top today and elevate your food service experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810589229441,"sku":"JA001","price":1235.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/b38e29a2d2fc584fbc69599994e8918a.png?v=1781699167"},{"product_id":"10ltr-commercial-heated-well-soup-kettle-for-buffet-service","title":"10Ltr Commercial Heated Well Soup Kettle for Service","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Heatmax 10Ltr Round Heated Well Built-In is an essential addition for those who require efficient soup kettles and warmers in commercial settings. Ideal for restaurants, catering services, and self-serve buffets, this unit simplifies food holding while ensuring your dishes are served at optimal temperatures. With its intuitive controls and reliable construction, it alleviates the challenges of maintaining food quality during service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable stainless steel, the RHW ensures longevity and consistent performance in busy environments. Its user-centric design allows for seamless operation with adjustable temperature settings and precise timing, making it easy to transition between cooking and holding modes. This heated well not only solves the problem of maintaining heat but does so with features that enhance efficiency, such as the automatic mode transition paired with an easy-to-read temperature display.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.25kW, Capacity: 10Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 341(H) x 360(W) x 330(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage:\u003c\/strong\u003e 240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSet timers for cooking and holding modes for enhanced flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eElectronic thermostatic control for precise temperature adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAudible dry pan alert to prevent overheating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes a special steam plate accessory for quick steaming and rethermalizing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly temperature settings enhance operational efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust stainless steel construction guarantees durability in the kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic transition from heat to hold mode maximizes savings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge 10L capacity accommodates multiple servings without refills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVisual temperature display ensures food is kept at ideal serving conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo-year warranty offers peace of mind for long-term use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Soup Kettles And Warmers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly control\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimple adjustments help staff maintain food quality easily.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces replacement costs and ensures longevity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAutomatic timer transitions\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSaves and ensures food quality without constant monitoring.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eServes a variety of foods efficiently, ideal for busy service periods.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heatmax 10Ltr Round Heated Well is perfect for various applications, making it a versatile addition to kitchen setups. Its reliable design serves well in numerous settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuffets where consistent temperature control is essential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants needing efficient service for soups and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering events to serve large quantities of food effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks offering soups and warm meals on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, the kettle is designed for a drop-in style installation into counters, making it suitable for numerous food service environments. Regular maintenance involves cleaning the stainless steel surfaces to uphold its sleek appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range for the Heatmax?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe electronic thermostatic control allows for a temperature range of 40-95°C in hold mode and defaults to 100°C in heat mode.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the warranty for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heatmax comes with a two-year warranty covering parts and labor, ensuring peace of mind for users.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this unit accommodate large batches of food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, with a capacity of 10 litres, it is ideal for maintaining warm temperatures for substantial food servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn summary, the Heatmax 10Ltr Round Heated Well Built-In is your reliable partner for ensuring food temperature integrity, making it a must-have for food service operations. Order today to enhance your kitchen's efficiency!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810589589889,"sku":"JA003","price":1199.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/e1c9c2a756e386c70d3dd6542ebf2cd3.png?v=1781699188"},{"product_id":"10ltr-commercial-soup-kettle-and-warmer-in-graphite-grey","title":"10Ltr Commercial Soup Kettle and Warmer in Graphite Grey","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Soup Kettle Graphite Grey S 10Ltr is an essential tool for catering professionals and food service operators who need to keep their soups, stews, and sauces warm while presenting them appealingly. This efficient and stylish soup kettle not only keeps food at the perfect temperature but also stands out in any setting, making it an excellent addition to buffets, food trucks, and restaurant kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable painted steel, the Soup Kettle offers exceptional build quality that can withstand the rigors of daily use. With its generous 10-liter capacity, this kettle solves the problem of keeping large quantities of food warm without burning them. Its gentle wet heat operation maintains a consistent temperature, allowing for seamless service in busy environments. Pair it with a chalkboard for maximum merchandising opportunity, elevating the presentation of your dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 10Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e Packed 360(H) x 340(W) x 340(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Painted Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V. 450W. 1.9A\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.3kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Graphite Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range from 35°C to 95°C for optimal heating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGentle wet heat operation prevents food from burning, ensuring quality serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple dial temperature control making adjustments easy and intuitive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePortable design is perfect for mobile catering or events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable inner pot simplifies cleaning for hassle-free maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes a label pack to display contents clearly, enhancing customer engagement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge 10L capacity helps accommodate multiple servings, ideal for busy events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable painted steel construction offers -lasting use in high-traffic areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature control dial allows for precise management of food warmth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePortability enables you to serve delicious hot meals wherever needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFast and easy cleaning process encourages more efficient service times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLabel pack inclusion provides clarity and enhances the presentation of your offerings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Soup Kettle And Warmer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEven heating with gentle wet heat\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces the risk of food burning, preserving flavors and quality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLightweight yet robust design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to transport, making it perfect for various catering events.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRemovable inner pot\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimplifies cleaning, allowing for quick transitions between services.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdequate for serving large gatherings without frequent refills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Soup Kettle excels in a variety of settings where warm food is essential. Its versatility makes it a perfect choice for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e setups in hotels and restaurants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks and outdoor catering events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSchool cafeterias serving lunch meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommunity events and fairs, providing hot meals in bulk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSelf-service areas for customer interaction and experience enhancement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure proper functioning, place the kettle on a flat, stable surface and connect to a suitable power source. Regularly check for any food residue or buildup on the removable inner pot, allowing for a hygienic serving experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power consumption of the soup kettle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt operates at 230V with a consumption of 450W, ensuring efficient heating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the kettle be used for both hot and cold items?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kettle is specifically designed for heating and maintaining the temperature of hot food items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty policy for the soup kettle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product comes with a 2-year warranty on parts and labor for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Soup Kettle Graphite Grey S 10Ltr is the ideal solution for keeping your dishes warm and inviting. With its thoughtful design and efficient operation, you can ensure your patrons enjoy delicious, perfectly heated meals. Order today to enhance your catering setup!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810589753729,"sku":"G107","price":109.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/c516d081003ae9c3a1db7f11e01e756f.png?v=1781699215"},{"product_id":"10ltr-commercial-stainless-steel-soup-kettle-and-warmer","title":"10Ltr Commercial Stainless Steel Soup Kettle and Warmer","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Soup Kettle Stainless Steel 10Ltr is an essential tool for any catering or food service provider. This soup kettle is designed for high-volume service, allowing you to keep your soups, stews, and other hot dishes at the perfect serving temperature. With its impressive 10-litre capacity, it's perfect for banquets, buffets, or food stations where large quantities need to be served quickly and efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable stainless steel, this kettle is built to last while offering an aesthetic appeal that suits any kitchen environment. The gentle wet heat operation ensures that food doesn't burn, making it a reliable choice for keeping your dishes perfectly warm without compromising taste or texture. Unlike many traditional cooking methods, the Soup Kettle is easy to clean and maintain, incorporating a removable inner pot that simplifies the cleaning process after service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 10Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 360(H) x 340(W) x 340(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.46kW, 220 - 240 V, 2A\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 4.4kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGentle wet heat operation prevents food from burning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple dial temperature control for easy adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePortable design makes it ideal for mobile catering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes a label pack to display soup contents like curry, chilli, or beans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMaximum temperature of 95°C ensures food stays hot for serving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile uses for various types of soup and warm dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh capacity catering for busy events without frequent refills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy temperature control allows for quick adjustments for different dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStylish stainless steel finish enhances the look of your food service area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePortable design suitable for outdoor events and food markets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe removable inner pot saves time and enhances hygiene during cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Soup Kettles And Warmers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficiently serve high volumes, minimizing downtime during busy service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting product that withstands the rigors of commercial use without rusting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGentle heat operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eKeeps your food warm without burning, preserving taste and quality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLess time spent on maintenance, allowing you to focus on service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Soup Kettle is exceptionally versatile, making it ideal for a variety of settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for catering services at weddings and corporate events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for -style restaurants or self-service food stations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExcellent choice for food trucks serving warm, hearty dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for home use when hosting large gatherings or parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo set up your soup kettle, simply plug it into a suitable power outlet. Regular cleaning of the removable inner pot and external stainless surface will ensure it remains in top condition. Always allow to cool before cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum temperature the kettle can reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kettle can reach a maximum temperature of 95°C, perfect for keeping soups and stews warm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the removable pot dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the removable inner pot is designed for easy removal and can typically be cleaned with dishwasher settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of events is this kettle best suited for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kettle is ideal for catering events, buffets, or any setting where large quantities of hot food are served.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficiency and reliability of the Soup Kettle Stainless Steel 10Ltr. Order today to enhance your catering ability and streamline your food service process.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810589852033,"sku":"L714","price":182.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/767d99bec4490f03a622898919b2e155.png?v=1781699228"},{"product_id":"11l-commercial-soup-kettle-rustic-brown-catering-equipment","title":"11L Commercial Soup Kettle Rustic Brown Catering Equipment","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Hotpot Soup Kettle Rustic Brown 11Ltr 70007 is the ultimate serving solution for caterers and food service professionals. This spacious kettle is designed to hold up to 11 litres of your delicious soups, stews, curries, and mulled wine, making it perfect for events, outdoor gatherings, or daily kitchen use. Catering has never been easier with this versatile and eye-catching piece, allowing you to keep your dishes warm and ready to serve at a moment's notice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with solid materials, the Hotpot Soup Kettle features a rustic brown finish that not only complements any kitchen décor but also stands out as a distinctive piece of equipment. The lightweight construction ensures easy transportation, making it ideal for both mobile and static catering operations. With a built-in failsafe override system, you can trust that even if your batch boils dry, you won’t have to worry about constant monitoring during service. This allows you and your team to focus on other important kitchen tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 11Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 380(H) x 340(Ø)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 0.85kW, 220-240V, 3.7A\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Rustic Brown\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFailsafe override thermostat ensures safe operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStylish rustic brown finish makes a memorable impression.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMulti-functional kettle, ideal for emulsifying soups, curries, and hot beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction with solid cast aluminium inner holder and stainless steel liner.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLonglife 850 watt heating element with variable simmerstat for precise temperature control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity allows you to serve more guests at once, ensuring fewer refills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRustic finish enhances your presentation, making it fit seamlessly in any food service environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSelf-regulating thermostat means less supervision, freeing up your team for other tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable materials guarantee longevity, making it a smart investment for your catering needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile use for a variety of hot food and beverages encourages creativity in your menu.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean construction simplifies maintenance and helps meet hygiene standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Soup Kettles And Warmers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient heating system\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConsistent temperatures for perfectly warmed dishes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy mobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eTransport meals without struggle, ideal for events on the go.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFail-safe features\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces risk of burns or other cooking hazards.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStylish design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCreates an appealing visual experience for your clientele.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hotpot Soup Kettle excels in various settings, showcasing its adaptability across culinary applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for catering to weddings and large events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExcellent for food trucks or mobile catering setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for soup kitchens or community feeding programs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for buffets where quick self-service is essential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuitable for restaurants looking to reduce kitchen workload.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, place the kettle on a stable, heat-resistant surface. Cleaning is simple; ensure the unit is unplugged and cooled down before wiping down with a damp cloth. Regular maintenance will prolong durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the Hotpot Soup Kettle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kettle has a capacity of 11 litres, making it spacious enough for large servings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the kettle for beverages other than soup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this versatile kettle is also perfect for serving hot beverages, such as mulled wine and hot chocolates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it easy to transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the lightweight construction allows for easy movement, making it ideal for various catering styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hotpot Soup Kettle Rustic Brown offers an unparalleled solution for keeping your hot meals ready to serve. Say goodbye to frequent monitoring and hello to stress-free catering with this stylish and functional kettle. Order today for a vibrant addition to your kitchen or catering setup!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810613281153,"sku":"J466","price":655.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/adef5dd78da3d19607f92cd47bbe04ca.png?v=1781699357"},{"product_id":"12l-commercial-chilled-juice-dispenser-for-professional-use","title":"12L Commercial Chilled Juice Dispenser for Use","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Chilled Drinks Dispenser is a robust solution designed to deliver a seamless beverage service in commercial settings. Ideal for cafes, restaurants, and catering services, this cold juice dispenser ensures that your guests enjoy refreshing drinks at the perfect temperature. Its impressive capacity and reliable performance make it a vital asset for any high-demand food service environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from durable stainless steel and polycarbonate, the construction of this unit ensures longevity and resilience in busy settings. Engineered with hardworking compressors, the G-Series operates flawlessly even in ambient temperatures up to 32°C. It effectively reduces the need for constant refills while maintaining optimal temperature control, providing an unrivaled experience for both staff and customers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 380W 12Ltr Single tank. \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 12Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 870(H) x 340(W) x 540(D) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Polycarbonate\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 19kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh capacity 12Ltr tank minimizes the frequency of refills, ensuring uninterrupted service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital temperature controls allow staff to easily adjust settings for ideal beverage temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe non-drip stainless steel tap reduces mess and enhances cleanliness during service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy manual defrost simplifies maintenance and ensures the unit operates efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStirring action can be activated to reduce frothing and oxidation of juice for fresher taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy feet secure the unit on countertops, providing stability in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExceptional cooling range of 0°C to 10°C ensures beverages are served at the perfect temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConstructed from premium materials that withstand the rigors of daily use in kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNoise level maintained at 65 decibels for minimal disruption in dining areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient compressor technology means savings while maintaining performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions allow this unit to fit in various spaces without compromising functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for easy cleaning, ensuring hygiene standards are met effortlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Cold Juice Dispenser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh capacity tank\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces the frequency of refills, allowing for more efficient service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures longevity and reliability in busy commercial settings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFacilitates quick adjustments, enhancing operational efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompact size\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIdeal for kitchens with limited space, maximizing valuable countertop areas.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Chilled Drinks Dispenser is perfectly suited for a variety of settings where refreshing beverages are essential. Its versatility makes it an excellent choice for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes and coffee shops serving cold drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants looking to offer a range of chilled beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering events where multiple drinks are required for guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuffets and self-service areas for convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks aiming to provide refreshing options on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal performance, place the G-Series on a sturdy, level surface away from direct heat sources. Regular maintenance involves simple manual defrosting and cleaning the exterior and tap to maintain hygiene and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum ambient temperature for the unit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit operates effectively in ambient temperatures up to 32°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I maintain the drinks dispenser?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe drinks dispenser features easy manual defrost and a time-saving easy-clean construction to simplify maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labor for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOrder the G-Series Chilled Drinks Dispenser today and elevate your beverage service, ensuring consistently chilled drinks for your customers while enjoying the benefits of a reliable and efficient operation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810618392961,"sku":"CF760","price":873.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/b9ded9d0999a0875bbebfcfd58e73fcf.png?v=1781699704"},{"product_id":"13-7ltr-commercial-chocolate-melter-with-easy-clean-design","title":"13.7Ltr Commercial Chocolate Melter with Easy Clean Design","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 13.7Ltr Chocolate Melter 09..7L is the ideal solution for chocolate lovers and caterers alike. Designed for seamless chocolate melting, this equipment transforms solid chocolate into a smooth, ready-to-use liquid, enhancing any event with delectable chocolate fountains. With its ample 13.7-liter capacity, it is particularly suited for large gatherings, parties, and events where chocolate is a star attraction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis beautifully crafted machine combines practicality with performance. Made from durable stainless steel and featuring a robust base unit, the device offers an easy-to-clean experience, making it perfect for high-volume use. The innovative dry heat melting system eliminates the need for a water bath, simplifying the process and minimizing mess. With its dial temperature control, you can ensure that your chocolate melts evenly and accurately, ready for pouring or dipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 13.7Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 265W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 380(H) x 620(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel \u0026amp; Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 6kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use dial temperature control for precise settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight construction ensures easy handling and portability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for consistent, even melting of chocolate for perfect results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDry heat system prevents the fuss of water baths.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable stainless steel bowl simplifies clean-up and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAccurate heating technology ensures perfect chocolate texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight and compact design for easy transport and use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile for both chocolate melting and tempering needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly interface for a hassle-free experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction ensures -lasting use, ideal for commercial settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Chocolate Fountain\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eServes large crowds without frequent refills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy temperature control\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGet consistent melting results every time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDry heat system\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo risk of water contamination, ensuring pure chocolate flavor.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Chocolate Melter excels in various applications where indulgence meets convenience. It's perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCorporate events and expos\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWeddings and banquets\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuffets and dessert stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFamily gatherings and parties\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services in restaurants and cafes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo complex installation is required—simply set up the machine on a stable surface, plug it in, and set your desired temperature. To maintain, regularly clean the stainless steel bowl after use to keep it in optimal condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the chocolate melter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Chocolate Melter has a capacity of 13.7 liters, ideal for large gatherings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it comes with a 1-year parts and labor warranty for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the bowl removable for cleaning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the stainless steel bowl is removable, making it easy to clean and maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the joy of easy chocolate melting with the 13.7Ltr Chocolate Melter. Order today to elevate your dessert offerings!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810623013249,"sku":"HU026","price":1394.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/2a102247b358edea6940978d3380a375.png?v=1781699940"},{"product_id":"136ltr-commercial-heated-display-merchandiser-with-sliding-doors","title":"136Ltr Commercial Heated Display Merchandiser with Sliding Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Front and Rear Door Heated Merchandiser 136Ltr is an essential heating display unit designed for establishments that prioritize accessibility and hygiene. Ideal for cafes, restaurants, and convenience stores, this merchandiser ensures that your products remain warm and ready for customers while allowing for easy self-service or assisted service. With its strategic design and robust features, customers can effortlessly reach for their favorite items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality metal and glass, the heated merchandiser boasts a build quality that durability and ease of maintenance. Its innovative front and rear sliding doors provide excellent access to contents, making it a practical solution in busy service areas. The design solves the common problem of cluttered display cases, ensuring hygiene standards are met with easily removable features that make cleaning a breeze.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 136 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 662.5(H) x 915(W) x 484(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.1kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 41.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAll-round visibility of contents enhances product appeal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable temperature control from 30-90°C to suit various products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable chrome plated shelves provide flexibility for product display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAttractive internal illumination showcases contents effectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy access front and rear sliding doors streamline customer service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStrong metal and glass construction ensures -lasting use and easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature control allows for optimal warmth across various food types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe dual-access design enhances service efficiency in high-traffic areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIllumination draws attention, promoting impulse purchases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-move adjustable shelves allow for tailored displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWarranty provides added peace of mind for commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Heated Display Unit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures lasting use in busy environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy accessibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuicker service, enhancing customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaintain ideal conditions for various food items.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eInternal illumination\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIncreases product visibility, driving sales.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEquipped with a versatile design, the Front and Rear Door Heated Merchandiser is suited for a range of settings. Its functionality allows it to excel in various environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes offering grab-and-go snacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants serving pre-made meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenience stores with takeaway options\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuffets providing hot food access to guests\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDelis displaying warm sandwiches and pastries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the unit is placed on a flat, stable surface. Regular cleaning is recommended to maintain hygiene, as components are easily removable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the heated merchandiser?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe merchandiser has a capacity of 136 liters, providing ample space for a variety of products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does the temperature control work?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature can be adjusted between 30-90°C, allowing optimal heating for diverse food items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this unit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit comes with a 2-year parts and labour warranty, ensuring reliability and support for your investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the Front and Rear Door Heated Merchandiser 136Ltr today for an efficient product display solution that enhances your business's service quality. Order now and elevate your customer experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810623603073,"sku":"HW928","price":1600.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/c4454c56f5600debc3e632ab9522a7b6.png?v=1781699994"},{"product_id":"156l-commercial-heated-display-unit-1000mm-with-sliding-doors","title":"156L Commercial Heated Display Unit 1000mm with Sliding Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 500 Heated Display Unit D5H\/100B is an essential addition for any catering business looking to maximize sales within limited space. Perfect for bakeries, cafes, and restaurants, it delivers exceptional performance while keeping food at optimal serving temperatures. With rear sliding glass doors for easy access, this display unit combines functionality with sleek design, ensuring that food remains fresh and appealing to customers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from robust stainless steel, the 500 model ensures durability and reliability in commercial settings. Its impressive capacity of 156 liters solves the common problem of limited display space, allowing for a variety of food items to be showcased simultaneously. The unit's ability to maintain food at a minimum holding temperature of 72°C and prevent drying makes it unique, offering effective solutions for food service professionals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 156 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 575(H) x 1000(W) x 500(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 2020W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 47kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHumidity feature prevents food drying out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature control allows easy adjustment up to 95°C.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDaylight-balanced illumination enhances food presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSwitchable heat control enables ambient display use when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRear sliding glass doors facilitate quick access to displayed items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity allows for more items to be displayed, increasing sales opportunities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMaintains optimal food temperature, ensuring safety and quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHumidity control keeps food looking and tasting fresh throughout service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEffortless cleaning due to its stainless steel construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable design suitable for high-traffic environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable temperature settings cater to a variety of food types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Heated Display Unit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGenerous capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDisplay a wide range of items, attracting diverse customer tastes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConsistent temperature control\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaintain food safety and quality with reliable performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy access\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuickly restock or serve from the back without disrupting your display.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHumidity control feature\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePrevent food from drying out, ensuring it stays appetizing.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimize maintenance costs and ensure longevity in busy environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 500 Heated Display Unit is well-suited for a variety of settings and industries. Whether you are managing a bustling cafe or running a convenience store, this display unit is designed to meet specific needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for bakeries displaying pastries and baked goods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal in cafes for showcasing sandwiches and snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUsed in restaurants as a back-service area for food storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGreat for convenience stores to keep hot food items ready for customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExcellent for caterers presenting food options at events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the 500 is installed on a stable surface, away from direct sunlight or heat sources. Regularly clean the stainless steel exterior and maintain the temperature settings according to use to ensure longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum temperature the unit can reach?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 500 has thermostatic control that allows it to achieve temperatures up to 95°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the warranty on this display unit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 500 comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power requirement for the heated display unit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model operates on a power type of 2020W and requires a voltage of 230V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your food display capabilities with the 500 Heated Display Unit D5H\/100B. Designed to maintain optimal temperatures while minimizing drying, it is your key to elevated food presentation and increased sales. Order today and transform your food merchandising experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810822308225,"sku":"GJ740","price":2759.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/71362b18d5103cab0723d8be81f6dbd9.png?v=1781704151"},{"product_id":"19l-commercial-countertop-chilled-drinks-dispenser","title":"19L Commercial Countertop Chilled Drinks Dispenser","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Single Bowl Countertop Chilled Drinks Dispenser is an essential addition for any catering service, bar, or event venue that serves cold beverages. This efficient cold juice dispenser is designed to keep your drinks chilled and flavorful, ensuring an excellent experience for your customers. With a generous capacity and user-friendly features, it caters perfectly to high-demand environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from durable, high-quality stainless steel, the combines functionality with a sleek aesthetic. Its robust construction resists stains, making maintenance easy and efficient. The innovative design of the product avoids sedimentation while preserving individual flavors. Whether you’re serving freshly squeezed juices or refreshing iced teas, this chilled drinks dispenser stands out for its reliability and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBowl capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 19Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 720(H) x 320(W) x 400(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 300W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectronic temperature control and display for optimal cooling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShockproof, easy-to-clean polycarbonate container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHermetically sealed compressor ensures efficient cooling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRubber tap designed for frequent use, facilitating quick dispensing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact design fits on countertops without sacrificing capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple temperature adjustment promotes versatility in beverage options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel body offers durability and a modern look for any setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable tubber tap enhances convenience and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverload protector safeguards against damage and overheating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-clean features save time and keep hygiene standards high.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Cold Juice Dispenser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh capacity of 19Ltr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eServe more customers without frequent refills\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectronic temperature control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly maintain the perfect drink temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e -lasting performance with minimal maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTime-saving easy-clean design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLess time spent on cleaning, more time serving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is versatile, making it suitable for numerous settings. Here are some of the key environments where it excels:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants wanting to enhance beverage service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés serving a variety of chilled drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBanquet halls for events and functions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor catering where freshness is vital.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels aiming to improve guest beverage experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorporate events to keep guests refreshed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation of the is straightforward. Ensure you place it on a stable surface with adequate ventilation. Regular cleaning of the stainless steel body and the rubber tap will maintain hygiene and prolong the unit's life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power consumption of the?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe operates at 300W, ensuring efficient use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I maintain the dispenser?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts stainless steel construction and removable tap make regular cleaning easy, promoting hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt comes with a 1-Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour Warranty for added peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Single Bowl Countertop Chilled Drinks Dispenser is designed to meet the demands of any busy beverage service. Ensure your drinks are served at the perfect temperature every time—order today for an exceptional addition to your catering equipment!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810829615489,"sku":"JE418","price":2375.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/182e8eb0bce4b94123fa9824f11ffbaa.png?v=1781704366"},{"product_id":"19l-commercial-countertop-chilled-drinks-dispenser-1","title":"19L Commercial Countertop Chilled Drinks Dispenser","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Single Bowl Countertop Chilled Drinks Dispenser is an essential addition for any catering service, bar, or event venue that serves cold beverages. This efficient cold juice dispenser is designed to keep your drinks chilled and flavorful, ensuring an excellent experience for your customers. With a generous capacity and user-friendly features, it caters perfectly to high-demand environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted from durable, high-quality stainless steel, the combines functionality with a sleek aesthetic. Its robust construction resists stains, making maintenance easy and efficient. The innovative design of the product avoids sedimentation while preserving individual flavors. Whether you’re serving freshly squeezed juices or refreshing iced teas, this chilled drinks dispenser stands out for its reliability and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBowl capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 19Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 720(H) x 320(W) x 400(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 300W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 20kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElectronic temperature control and display for optimal cooling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShockproof, easy-to-clean polycarbonate container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHermetically sealed compressor ensures efficient cooling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRubber tap designed for frequent use, facilitating quick dispensing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact design fits on countertops without sacrificing capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple temperature adjustment promotes versatility in beverage options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel body offers durability and a modern look for any setting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable tubber tap enhances convenience and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverload protector safeguards against damage and overheating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-clean features save time and keep hygiene standards high.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Cold Juice Dispenser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh capacity of 19Ltr\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eServe more customers without frequent refills\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectronic temperature control\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEffortlessly maintain the perfect drink temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e -lasting performance with minimal maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTime-saving easy-clean design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLess time spent on cleaning, more time serving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is versatile, making it suitable for numerous settings. Here are some of the key environments where it excels:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants wanting to enhance beverage service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés serving a variety of chilled drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBanquet halls for events and functions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor catering where freshness is vital.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels aiming to improve guest beverage experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorporate events to keep guests refreshed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation of the is straightforward. Ensure you place it on a stable surface with adequate ventilation. Regular cleaning of the stainless steel body and the rubber tap will maintain hygiene and prolong the unit's life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power consumption of the?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe operates at 300W, ensuring efficient use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I maintain the dispenser?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts stainless steel construction and removable tap make regular cleaning easy, promoting hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt comes with a 1-Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour Warranty for added peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Single Bowl Countertop Chilled Drinks Dispenser is designed to meet the demands of any busy beverage service. Ensure your drinks are served at the perfect temperature every time—order today for an exceptional addition to your catering equipment!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810869297537,"sku":"JE418","price":2375.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/182e8eb0bce4b94123fa9824f11ffbaa_30093db0-f9da-4ad7-b371-60b6d9f77350.png?v=1781704917"},{"product_id":"2-8-ltr-commercial-hot-sauce-dispenser-stainless-steel-500w","title":"2.8 Ltr Commercial Hot Sauce Dispenser Stainless Steel 500W","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Server Hot Sauce Dispenser FSP is an essential tool for any food service operation or catering business that aims to provide a rich and flavorful experience. Whether you're serving chocolate, sauces, or dressings, this dispenser is designed for ease of use and reliability for busy kitchens. Its large capacity allows for ample servings, reducing the frequency of refills during hectic service hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality stainless steel, the dispenser ensures durability and longevity while addressing the common issues of spills and messy service. The device is equipped with a thoughtfully designed pump system that dispenses sauces efficiently, eliminating waste and ensuring an accurate portion every time. What sets this dispenser apart is its combination of aesthetic appeal and functionality, making it a standout addition to any food service establishment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.8 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 391(H) x 332(W) x 197(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 500W, 2.17A\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel base \u0026amp; topping pump ensures easy operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWater fill lines eliminate overflow accidents for clean servings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePump dispenses 30 ml per stroke; adjusts in 37 ml increments for flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature-controlled thermostat allows for precise heat management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e500 watt wrap-around heating element provides even warmth, eliminating hot spots.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel construction ensures -term reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy maintenance due to its simple design and cleanable surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eVersatile temperature control caters to different types of sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions fit easily on countertops, saving valuable space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly pump design allows for quick servicing during peak times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eErgonomic knob for easy identification of different sauce contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Chocolate And Sauce Dispenser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces need for constant refills, enhancing service speed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eTemperature controlled\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eKeeps sauces at optimal temperature for enjoyable flavors.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable material\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eResists wear and tear, ensuring longevity in busy environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFacilitates portion control, minimizing wastage and costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Server Hot Sauce Dispenser excels in various settings, offering flexibility and reliability for diverse culinary needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for cafes and coffee shops serving chocolate or flavored syrups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for buffets, providing easy access to sauces for guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eExcellent in catering events where multiple sauces need to be available.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSuitable for fast-food restaurants aiming for quick service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the dispenser is placed on a flat, stable surface. Regular cleaning with appropriate cleaning agents will maintain its appearance and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat type of sauces can be used in this dispenser?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe dispenser is suitable for various sauces including chocolate, dressings, and syrups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHow do I clean the Server Hot Sauce Dispenser?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegular cleaning can be done using suitable cleaning agents on the stainless steel surface to maintain hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoes the unit come with a warranty?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it includes a 1-year warranty for both parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvesting in the Server Hot Sauce Dispenser FSP simplifies your service and enhances the customer experience. Order today and elevate your food presentation with ease and professionalism!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810876473729,"sku":"GM865","price":1816.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/1c59fab9d5d1dc0334fcd0af6edb4b68.png?v=1781704982"},{"product_id":"21-ltr-commercial-electric-bain-marie-stainless-steel","title":"21 Ltr Commercial Electric Bain Marie Stainless Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Bain Marie HOST0501BN is an essential tool for kitchens, designed to keep food perfectly warm and ready to serve. Ideal for cafes, restaurants, and buffets, this bain marie allows chefs to display a variety of dishes while maintaining the ideal serving temperature and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable stainless steel, the HOST Bain Marie excels in both functionality and longevity. This high-quality material not only makes it easy to clean but also ensures that your food is heated evenly without drying out or burning. Versatile enough to accommodate a variety of gastronorm pans, this appliance solves the common problem of inconsistent heating and helps you serve delectable meals every time.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 21 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 327(H) x 645(W) x 432(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts Only\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean stainless steel construction for hassle-free maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eDesigned to hold a 1\/1 GN pan for bulk displaying of multiple dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eAlso compatible with 1\/2 or 1\/3 GN pans for flexible usage.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly temperature controls allow for precision heating.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eWet heat feature ensures food is heated evenly without the risk of drying out.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eNote: Gastronorm pans are not included.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range from 30°C to 90°C to suit various food types.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eVersatile heating range ensures you can warm up a variety of dishes, from soups to sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eRobust stainless steel construction guarantees durability in busy kitchen environments.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use interface simplifies operation, making it user-friendly for anyone.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design allows for easy repositioning and transport within the kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eCompact size fits effortlessly into any countertop layout without taking up too much space.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003e1-year parts warranty provides peace of mind following your purchase.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bains Marie\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n \u003cthead\u003e \n \u003ctr\u003e \n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n \u003c\/tr\u003e \n \u003c\/thead\u003e \n \u003ctbody\u003e \n \u003ctr\u003e \n \u003ctd\u003eConsistent Heating\u003c\/td\u003e \n \u003ctd\u003eServe dishes at the perfect temperature without fear of dryness or burning.\u003c\/td\u003e \n \u003c\/tr\u003e \n \u003ctr\u003e \n \u003ctd\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/td\u003e \n \u003ctd\u003eEnjoy longevity in a product that can withstand the rigors of daily use.\u003c\/td\u003e \n \u003c\/tr\u003e \n \u003ctr\u003e \n \u003ctd\u003eUser-Friendly Controls\u003c\/td\u003e \n \u003ctd\u003eCreate ideal conditions for every dish with minimal training required.\u003c\/td\u003e \n \u003c\/tr\u003e \n \u003ctr\u003e \n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile Pan Size Options\u003c\/td\u003e \n \u003ctd\u003eAccommodate various dishes and presentation styles with one appliance.\u003c\/td\u003e \n \u003c\/tr\u003e \n \u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Bain Marie HOST0501BN is incredibly versatile and suitable for various settings. Its quality and functionality make it a favorite for:\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and cafes for buffets and self-service stations.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eCatering services during events and banquets.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks wishing to maintain items at tempting temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eSchools and institutions for serving midday meals efficiently.\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eAny commercial kitchen requiring reliable food display solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the bain marie is placed on a stable, level surface. Clean regularly with a soft cloth and mild detergent to maintain the stainless steel finish.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the HOST Bain Marie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range is from 30°C to 90°C, allowing for flexible heating options for various dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the HOST Bain Marie safe to use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, it operates on electric power and includes easy-to-use temperature controls for safe operation.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use different sizes of GN pans in this bain marie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eYes, you can use 1\/1, 1\/2, or 1\/3 GN pans, making it versatile for various food displays.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eThis HOST Bain Marie HOST0501BN is a dependable addition that ensures your food remains warm and inviting for your guests. Order today to elevate your food service experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810883649921,"sku":"HT024","price":136.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/3badb9fc078f00fc97db04194658eb30.png?v=1781705107"},{"product_id":"21-ltr-commercial-electric-bain-marie-with-pots-stainless-steel","title":"21 Ltr Commercial Electric Bain Marie with Pots Stainless Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Bain Marie with Pots HOST0505BR is an essential kitchen appliance designed for anyone serving hot food in a environment. Ideal for restaurants, catering businesses, and buffets, this electric bain marie keeps your dishes at the perfect temperature, ensuring guests enjoy each meal at its best.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality stainless steel, this unit is built to last while being easy to clean. The wet heat function prevents food from drying out or burning, solving common issues associated with traditional heating methods. Its unique design not only provides superior heating but also makes food presentation effortless, allowing for quick and easy switching of pans during service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 21 Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 327(H) x 645(W) x 432(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 10.8kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeats up in less than 20 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet heat ensures food is heated evenly, preventing drying out or burning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 2x 5Ltr pots with notched lids, perfect for ladles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use temperature controls for precision heating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction is durable and easy to maintain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range of 30°C to 90°C for versatile heating options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for pans up to 150mm deep, maximizing capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick heating time saves valuable service minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet heat technology retains moisture in food, enhancing flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge capacity is perfect for high-volume catering needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSleek stainless steel design complements any kitchen aesthetic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature precision supports a variety of dishes, from soups to sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomic design simplifies serving and refills during busy service periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bains Marie\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick heating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLess waiting time for perfectly warmed dishes.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEven heating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood remains at optimal freshness and flavor.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEase of use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSimplifies kitchen workflow during peak hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e -lasting investment for your business.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile temperature settings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConveniently accommodate a variety of menu options.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Bain Marie with Pots is perfectly suited for multiple applications where hot food service is essential. Its design allows it to shine in various environments:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants serving -style meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering events needing efficient food warming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels with breakfast service or event catering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eschools providing hot lunches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood trucks offering a variety of warm dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvents where self-service or quick service is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward; simply plug the bain marie into a suitable power source. Regular cleaning with non-abrasive materials will maintain its stainless steel finish and performance, ensuring longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the heating time for this bain marie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Bain Marie heats up in less than 20 minutes, making it efficient for busy service periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of pans can be used with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit accommodates pans up to 150mm deep, which is for many commercial kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs delivery available outside Mainland England, Scotland, and Wales?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnfortunately, we can only deliver within Mainland England, Scotland, and Wales, excluding Northern Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your kitchen's capabilities with the HOST Bain Marie with Pots. Ensuring that your dishes are served hot and flavorful has never been easier. Order today to elevate your food service experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810883682689,"sku":"HT093","price":520.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/a186ec57c07fe4dcc9dbc60650d5e3a4.png?v=1781705107"},{"product_id":"21ltr-commercial-bain-marie-with-adjustable-temperature-control","title":"21Ltr Commercial Bain Marie with Adjustable Temperature Control","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bain Marie is an essential kitchen appliance designed for food service professionals seeking an efficient way to keep ingredients warm and ready for serving. This bains marie is especially beneficial for restaurants, catering services, and any establishment that requires precise temperature control for hot food items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with strong stainless steel, the Bain Marie not only withstands the rigors of daily use but is also exceptionally easy to clean, providing a practical solution to maintaining hygiene in fast-paced kitchens. Its adjustable temperature control allows for easy customization, ensuring that your dishes remain at the ideal serving temperature, making it a reliable choice for any food service operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.2kW Wet Heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 21Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 327(H) x 645(W) x 432(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 8kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range of 30°C to 90°C for versatile application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean stainless steel construction minimizes maintenance time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly dial temperature control enables quick adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOverheat protection adds a layer of safety and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGentle wet heat operation preserves the integrity of your foods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity holds a variety of liquid foods, perfect for soups and gravies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFits 1\/2 or 1\/3 GN pans with divider bars for customizable storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEco-friendly packaging reduces plastic waste, promoting sustainability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eImproved design for a longer lifespan, ensuring -term use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple reset function makes troubleshooting user-friendly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bains Marie\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable temperature control\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eKeep food warm at the precise temperature to enhance flavor and presentation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStainless steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable and easy to clean, ensuring efficiency and hygiene.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eOverheat protection with reset\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdded safety and peace of mind in busy kitchen environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnvironmental packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eContributes to a sustainable business model by reducing waste.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bain Marie is versatile and excels in a variety of settings. It's ideal for keeping liquid foods warm and ready for serving across multiple environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for holding soups and gravies during service hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering events where food needs to be served hot over extended periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e setups to ensure that dishes remain warm and delicious.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés for maintaining hot water for teas and coffees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis appliance is designed for easy setup and operation. Ensure the unit is placed on a flat surface away from moisture and covered with compatible GN pans for optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pans can be used with the Bain Marie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bain Marie can accommodate 1\/1 GN pans up to 150mm deep, and can also fit 1\/2 or 1\/3 GN pans with divider bars sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the Bain Marie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThanks to its stainless steel construction, cleaning is straightforward and quick; simply wipe down the surface after use with appropriate cleaning solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bain Marie comes with a 2-year warranty for parts and labor, providing peace of mind for your investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEmbrace the efficiency and reliability of the Bain Marie. Keep your food at the perfect temperature with ease, and elevate your kitchen's performance. Order today to enhance your food service capabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810885353857,"sku":"FT693","price":227.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/565527cd69349c33e74059a72040a01a.png?v=1781705127"},{"product_id":"21ltr-commercial-bain-marie-with-drain-tap-and-pans","title":"21Ltr Commercial Bain Marie with Drain Tap and Pans","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bain Marie with Tap and Pans, is an essential kitchen appliance designed for catering professionals and food service operations. This Bain Marie offers an efficient way to keep various liquids at optimal serving temperatures, ensuring that your soups, gravies, and other liquid dishes are served hot and fresh. Its robust construction and user-friendly features make it an invaluable asset in any food preparation setting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFeaturing stainless steel construction, the Bain Marie boasts durability and ease of maintenance. The inclusion of a front-mounted water drainage tap simplifies the cleaning process, addressing a common challenge for busy kitchens. The design emphasizes efficiency, allowing for prolonged use without compromising performance, making it stand out among similar products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 21Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 327(H) x 645(W) x 432(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.2kW Wet Heat with Drain Tap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 10.8kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 2 x GN 1\/3 pans and 2 x GN 1\/6 pans with lids.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGentle wet heat operation ensures food retains moisture and flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly dial temperature control allows for precise temperature management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverheat protection with a simple reset function enhances safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to accept GN pans up to 150mm deep, ideal for versatile use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelivered in environmentally friendly packaging, aligning with sustainability goals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature Range of 30°C to 90°C for diverse food types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-clean surface reduces downtime and improves kitchen hygiene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproved design offers extended operational lifespan for -term use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact size fits easily in various kitchen layouts while maximizing efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile for holding a variety of liquid foods, from soups to sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstructed with food-safe materials to ensure safe food handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bain Marie\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy cleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSaves you time and effort after busy serving hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures the appliance withstands daily use without issues.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAllows staff to operate efficiently and correctly with minimal training.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConsistent heating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeeps food at the right temperature, retaining flavor and safety.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEco-friendly packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContributes to a sustainable approach in your kitchen operations.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bain Marie with Tap and Pans excels in a variety of settings, making it a versatile addition to kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering events and buffets where food needs to stay warm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants that offer soup of the day or liquid-based entrees.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSchool cafeterias where bulk food serving is necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood trucks that require efficient, space-saving solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHospitality settings for breakfast or brunch service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe installation of the Bain Marie is straightforward, requiring a power outlet and a stable surface. Regular cleaning and maintenance are encouraged to ensure longevity and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the Bain Marie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range is from 30°C to 90°C, allowing flexibility in holding food items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pans are included with the unit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bain Marie comes with 2 x GN 1\/3 pans and 2 x GN 1\/6 pans, complete with lids.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty available for the product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it includes a 2-year warranty covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bain Marie with Tap and Pans is designed for reliability and functionality, making it ideal for any kitchen that values efficiency. Order today and enhance your food service operations.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810885419393,"sku":"FT692","price":359.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/10964381b8a99fb8bb95468d2250e8f8.png?v=1781705128"},{"product_id":"21ltr-electric-commercial-bain-marie-with-drain-tap","title":"21Ltr Electric Commercial Bain Marie with Drain Tap","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Bain Marie with Drain Tap HOST0502BT is the perfect solution for restaurants and catering services that require efficient food holding and serving. This electric bain marie offers a generous capacity of 21 liters, making it ideal for keeping food warm and ready-to-serve throughout any busy service period. Tailored for culinary professionals, it ensures that dishes maintain their quality, taste, and temperature without the risk of drying out or burning.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable stainless steel, the HOST Bain Marie is not only easy to clean, but also built to withstand the demands of a kitchen. The innovative wet heat system allows food to be held at a steady temperature, while the integrated drain tap simplifies maintenance and saving time after service. With features designed for efficiency and ease of use, this bain marie stands apart in its category.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 21Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 327(H) x 645(W) x 432(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 8.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlug Length\u003c\/strong\u003e 1m\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eReady to go in less than 20 minutes for immediate use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe wet heat ensures food is heated evenly, enhancing its taste and appeal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple temperature controls provide precise heating for greater control over your dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction offers durability and is resistant to corrosion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe drain tap allows for quick and easy cleanup, saving time after meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompatible with 1\/1 GN pans up to 15 cm deep for versatile usage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e18 minutes to reach optimal temperature ensures quick service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use design facilitates operation even for less experienced staff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable materials contribute to -term investment value.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh capacity meets the needs of large eateries and catering events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient operation promotes cost savings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bains Marie\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFast heating\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimize wait times and enhance service speed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEven heating\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaintain food quality, reduce waste, and ensure customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurability\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eInvest in reliable equipment that withstands the rigors of daily use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eTime-saving drainage\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimplify cleaning processes and increase operational efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Bain Marie is designed for a variety of settings where food needs to be kept warm and ready for serving. It excels in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for varied menu items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering for events where food quality is key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuffets to allow guests to serve themselves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks and stalls needing efficient warmers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels for breakfast and brunch services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo install the HOST Bain Marie, simply plug it into a suitable electric outlet. For maintenance, regularly check for any residue and clean with mild detergents to extend its life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat is the power requirement for the HOST Bain Marie?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Bain Marie operates on a voltage of 220-240V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCan I use different size pans with this bain marie?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to hold 1\/1 GN pans that are 15 cm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQuestion?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIs the drain tap easy to use?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the integrated drain tap allows for quick and efficient drainage, enhancing cleanup efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your kitchen's efficiency and food service with the HOST Bain Marie with Drain Tap HOST0502BT. This indispensable appliance ensures that your culinary creations are always served at the ideal temperature. Order today to experience the benefits for yourself.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810885452161,"sku":"HT053","price":156.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/565bd4c7b89ff5626bdabcc6d0a74d28.png?v=1781705129"},{"product_id":"21ltr-electric-commercial-bain-marie-with-gn-pans","title":"21Ltr Electric Commercial Bain Marie with GN Pans","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Bain Marie with GN Pans HOST0503BP is an essential addition for any commercial kitchen seeking efficient food heating solutions. This electric bain marie caters to chefs and catering professionals who require reliable equipment to keep dishes warm and ready for service. Its impressive capacity and even heating capabilities ensure that your food stays delicious and inviting for longer periods of time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable stainless steel, this bain marie is designed to withstand the rigors of daily kitchen use. It addresses the common challenge of keeping dishes heated without drying out or burning, making it an ideal choice for restaurants, catering services, and buffets. With user-friendly temperature controls and quick heating capabilities, the HOST Bain Marie stands out in its category.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 21Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 327(H) x 645(W) x 432(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 10.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18 minutes ready to go in less than 20 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet heat provides even heating, retaining moisture and flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrecise user-friendly temperature controls for optimal heating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-clean stainless steel construction for maintenance efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 2x 1\/3 and 2x 1\/6 GN pots, supports and dividers for versatile cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range of 30°C to 90°C, allowing for precise heating adjustments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFast heating allows for quick service, perfect for busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile compatibility with multiple GN pots for diverse menu offerings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel build ensures longevity and ease of maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e -efficient performance helps in keeping operational costs down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniform heating prevents food spoilage and enhances satisfaction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePans deep enough (15 cm) to accommodate a variety of dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bains Marie\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick Setup\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGet meals ready to serve in less than 20 minutes, boosting service speed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMoisture Retention\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaintain food quality and taste, enhancing customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLongevity of product, reducing the frequency of equipment replacement.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile Heating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccommodate diverse dish types, catering to various customer preferences.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Bain Marie excels in a variety of foodservice settings. It is particularly suited for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants looking to provide a -style service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels for breakfast setups to keep food warm for guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering companies needing reliable equipment during events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood trucks or pop-up eateries requiring portable heating solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSchools or hospitals where meal temperature is critical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor best performance, place the bain marie on a stable, flat surface. Ensure proper ventilation around the unit and regularly clean it using suitable cleaning agents for stainless steel. This helps maintain its appearance and functionality over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs delivery available to Northern Ireland?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, delivery is currently limited to addresses in Mainland England, Scotland and Wales only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power requirement for this bain marie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HOST Bain Marie operates on a voltage of 220-240V, making it suitable for electrical outlets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow deep are the pans that can be used?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bain marie accommodates pans that are 15 cm deep, allowing for a variety of food options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the HOST Bain Marie today to streamline your kitchen operations and deliver consistently warm meals that delight customers. Shop now and experience the difference it can make in your service.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810885517697,"sku":"HT059","price":307.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/a7498ed47e1c42f5d5c0bb400500ae05.png?v=1781705129"},{"product_id":"3-5l-commercial-chocolate-melter-with-easy-clean-design","title":"3.5L Commercial Chocolate Melter with Easy Clean Design","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5Ltr Chocolate Melter 09..5L is a -grade chocolate melting solution, ideal for chefs and caterers who demand efficiency and precision. With its 3.5-liter capacity, this chocolate fountain melds functionality with, making it essential for any event, whether it’s a wedding, birthday party, or corporate gathering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a robust stainless steel removable bowl and a solid base unit, this chocolate melter is designed for easy use and maintenance. It eliminates the hassle of traditional methods, such as filling and emptying a water bath, thus, minimizing mess while also saving time. The device utilizes a unique dry heat system that ensures consistent and accurate melting temperatures, providing you with perfectly melted chocolate for all your dipping needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 3.5Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 80W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 480(H) x 300(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel \u0026amp; Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable thermostat allows for precise temperature control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes it portable and easy to transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEven melting is assured thanks to its dry heat technology.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple dial temperature control for effortless operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable bowl for effortless cleaning and storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDry heat system means there's no need for messy water baths.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAccurate melting temperatures help prevent burnt chocolate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design fits well on tables without taking up too much space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLow power consumption with an 80W output helps save on electricity costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy construction ensures durability for repeated uses across various events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Chocolate Fountain\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfectly melted chocolate\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo more lumpy or burnt chocolate, ensuring delightful dipping experiences.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time managing equipment and more time delighting your guests.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEffortless cleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLess time spent on cleanup leads to more time enjoying your event.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5Ltr Chocolate Melter excels in various settings and, making it a versatile addition to your catering toolkit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWeddings where chocolate fountains create a romantic ambiance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCorporate events that require engaging culinary experiences.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBirthday parties, providing interactive fun for guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering businesses looking for reliable and fast chocolate melting solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCulinary classes that teach chocolate tempering techniques.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSimply place the chocolate melter on a stable surface, plug it in, and set your desired temperature using the simple dial. Regularly clean the removable bowl to maintain hygiene and prolong its lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power consumption of the melter?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3.5Ltr Chocolate Melter operates at 80W.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the bowl be removed for cleaning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the bowl is removable, making cleaning easy and efficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of chocolate can I use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis melter is designed to work with various types of chocolate, providing evenly melted results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor delicious, well-melted chocolate in a hassle-free manner, the 3.5Ltr Chocolate Melter is an excellent choice. Order today to elevate your event or culinary creations!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810899247489,"sku":"HU024","price":823.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/812e98c5a21d6f9ce0d5af766cf2780e.png?v=1781705296"},{"product_id":"30ltr-commercial-popcorn-warmer-with-user-friendly-controls","title":"30Ltr Commercial Popcorn Warmer with User-Friendly Controls","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Popcorn Warmer is an essential addition for anyone looking to serve delicious popcorn and nachos effortlessly. Designed for both personal and commercial markets, this piece of equipment ensures that your snacks remain warm, crisp, and inviting for extended periods. Whether at a movie night with friends or in a bustling concession stand, this warmer elevates the snacking experience.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with durable materials and user-friendly controls, the promises longevity and ease of use. The gentle heat it produces keeps your popcorn from drying out while ensuring it maintains its delightful texture. It's the ideal solution for maintaining food quality without the hassle, making it perfect for homes, events, and food service businesses alike.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 200W\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 30Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 520(H) x 387(W) x 324(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220V\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 13kg\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEasy-clean design makes maintenance effortless.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in warmer at the bottom keeps contents at the ideal temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eStylish design enhances the aesthetic of any setting.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRobust construction offers -lasting reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eGentle Heat - Ensures that your popcorn stays fresh and crispy.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eUser-Friendly Controls - Simplifies operation for anyone in your team.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDurable Build - Designed to withstand the rigors of frequent use.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eLarge Capacity - Designed to cater for various and needs.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEasy Maintenance - Save time and focus on what matters—a delightful snack experience.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eAesthetic Appeal - Blends seamlessly with any decor or setting.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Popcorn And Nachos Equipment\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eConsistent Quality\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEnjoy popcorn that remains fresh and crisp, snack after snack.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEasy Operation\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eStaff can quickly learn to use the warmer, allowing smooth and efficient service.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eVersatile Design\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for various settings, enhancing both home and business environments.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eInvest in machinery that will last, minimizing replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eIt is versatile in its applications, making it ideal for a range of scenarios.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eHome movie nights\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eConcession stands at events\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eSnack stations at fairs and festivals\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRestaurant environments\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCatering services\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThis unit is designed for easy plug-in use. Ensure you keep it clean and regularly maintained for optimal performance. Simply wipe it down as needed, and refer to the user manual for any specific maintenance requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power rating of the?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe warmer operates at a power rating of 200W, ensuring efficient heating and maintenance of your snacks.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the warranty for this warmer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eIt comes with a 1-year warranty covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the popcorn warmer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThis unit has a capacity of 30 liters, making it perfect for both personal and commercial use.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eInvesting in the Popcorn Warmer means choosing quality and reliability. Ensure your snacks are always at their best and make every occasion a memorable one—order today!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810905538945,"sku":"JE460","price":314.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/d9e3280aa0630d869be224ae30fd028c.png?v=1781705370"},{"product_id":"36ltr-commercial-triple-tank-chilled-juice-dispenser","title":"36Ltr Commercial Triple Tank Chilled Juice Dispenser","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Triple Tank Chilled Drinks Dispenser is an essential addition for any hospitality business that seeks to offer refreshing, chilled beverages. This state-of-the-art cold juice dispenser is designed for high footfall areas, such as cafés, restaurants, and caterers, effectively maximizing product sales while maintaining beverage quality. With its impressive 36-liter capacity split across three large tanks, it ensures that you'll have plenty of refreshing options on hand, enticing customers to indulge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durable stainless steel and high-quality polycarbonate tanks, this chilled drinks dispenser promises longevity and ease of maintenance. The removable bowls, paddles, and lids make for quick and effortless cleaning, which is vital in busy environments. What sets the G-Series apart is its user-friendly digital controller and froth-free stirring, ensuring every beverage dispensed retains its optimal taste and quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 36Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 640(H) x 630(W) x 430(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 36kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh capacity: 3 x 12Ltr polycarbonate tanks for increased beverage variety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuiet static cooling helps maintain a pleasant environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy manual defrost simplifies maintenance routines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNon-drip stainless steel tap prevents messy spills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStrong, easy-clean polycarbonate and ABS tanks ensure longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature Range of 0°C to 10°C ensures optimal drink freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFroth-free stirring maintains beverage integrity for an enjoyable user experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy feet for reliable countertop positioning, preventing unnecessary movement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAccurate digital controls for effortless operation and monitoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLow noise level of 65 decibels keeps the surrounding area peaceful.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-quality materials are resistant to wear and easy to clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Cold Juice Dispenser\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eServes multiple customers without frequent refilling.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSaves time and effort, allowing staff to focus on customer service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust build quality\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures reliability in high-demand environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAccurate temperature control\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGuarantees beverages are always served at the perfect temperature.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuiet operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaintains a calm atmosphere while serving customers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Triple Tank Chilled Drinks Dispenser excels in various environments, making it highly versatile for different applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés and coffee shops for serving fresh juices and cold beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants during busy meal services to easily accommodate guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuffets for allowing guests to serve themselves cold drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering events where multiple drink options are needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFitness centers and health clubs offering healthy juice options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward, as this unit is designed to fit comfortably on counters. Always ensure it is placed on a flat, stable surface for optimal performance and easy cleaning. Regular maintenance, such as manual defrosting and cleaning of removable parts, will keep the dispenser operating efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the G-Series?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range is 0°C to 10°C, ensuring beverages are served at the perfect refreshment level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the dispenser weigh?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Triple Tank Chilled Drinks Dispenser weighs 36kg, making it sturdy yet manageable for countertop use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of material is used for the tanks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tanks are made from strong polycarbonate and ABS, allowing for easy cleaning and -lasting performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience convenience and quality with the G-Series Triple Tank Chilled Drinks Dispenser. Order today to elevate your beverage service and deliver excellence to your customers!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810911469953,"sku":"GG753","price":921.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/59be3cb4d3fed6df10fbe189cb7709e3.png?v=1781705457"},{"product_id":"4-tier-heated-pizza-display-merchandiser-for-14-pizzas","title":"4 Tier Heated Pizza Display Merchandiser for 14\" Pizzas","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 4 Tier Heated Pizza Display Merchandiser is an essential addition to any food service operation, offering a seamless way to showcase and serve up to four delicious 14\" pizzas. Ideal for busy pizzerias, cafes, and catering businesses, this unit not only provides efficiency but also enhances visibility and accessibility for your customers, ensuring they can easily spot their favorite pizza options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality steel, the pizza display unit is designed to withstand the rigors of daily use while maintaining an appealing aesthetic. This reliable equipment solves the problem of keeping pizza warm and attractive throughout the service period. With its easy-clean design featuring a removable crumb tray, maintaining hygiene and readiness for the next service is effortless.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 800W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e Up to 4x 14\" Pizzas\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 785(H) x 460(W) x 448(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 20.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFour rotating display shelves for easy access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHumidity control feature to keep food fresh and moist.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple dial temperature control with a range of 30-90ºC.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -saving LED lighting improves product visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned for easy cleaning to streamline daily operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity for holding multiple pizzas ensures ample selection for customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRotating shelves enhance customer interaction, making selection easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHumidity control prevents pizzas from drying out, ensuring a fresh taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient heating system maintains food temperature without overcooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAttractive LED lighting draws attention and makes the display more inviting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction guarantees -lasting durability in demanding environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Pizza Display Units\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy-to-clean design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSaves time on maintenance, allowing you to focus on service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFour tiers for maximum display\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIncreases visibility for customers, potentially boosting sales.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces overhead costs while maintaining high performance.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4 Tier Heated Pizza Display Merchandiser excels in various settings, including:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePizzerias, offering diverse pizza options for quick service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering events, ensuring pizzas remain warm and appealing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes, enhancing the breakfast and lunch menu with visually enticing displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks, maximizing space while keeping offerings visible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFast food restaurants, ensuring efficient service during peak hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSetting up the pizza display is straightforward—simply plug it into a electrical outlet, ensuring it’s positioned in a well-ventilated area. Regular maintenance includes cleaning the crumb tray to maintain hygiene and prolong the unit's lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size pizzas can the unit hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe merchandiser can hold up to four 14” pizzas simultaneously.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I control the temperature?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit features a simple dial temperature control with a range from 30ºC to 90ºC.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty included with my purchase?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 4 Tier Heated Pizza Display comes with a 2-year parts and labor warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the 4 Tier Heated Pizza Display Merchandiser to enhance your food service offerings and easily keep your pizzas warm and enticing for customers. Order today and elevate your presentation and service quality.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810915828097,"sku":"JB188","price":1211.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/40da26d18a57e37655a1808b2946722c.png?v=1781705509"},{"product_id":"40l-countertop-display-fridge-self-serve-merchandiser","title":"40L Countertop Display Fridge Self Serve Merchandiser","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe G-Series Counter Top Self Serve Merchandiser is an essential display solution for any commercial environment looking to showcase chilled food items. Ideal for cafes, restaurants, and deli counters, this countertop display fridge maximizes visibility while keeping your offerings at the perfect temperature. With its attractive design and efficient cooling system, it's the perfect tool to entice customers and enhance your service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality stainless steel and glass, the G-Series is not only durable but also easy to clean, ensuring a hygienic display. This merchandiser is specifically designed for short-term food display and excels in environments where quick access to chilled items is essential. Its effective cooling system and user-friendly digital controls set it apart from traditional display units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 40Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 357(H) x 676(W) x 575(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 25kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRefrigerant R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature Range 2°C to 6°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e Rating B\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean stainless steel and glass construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDirect cooling system reliably keeps contents at set temperature\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple manual defrost\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAccurate, user-friendly digital controller to rear\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGenerous display area: 0.47m²\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHinged door - keeps pests out, keeps cool air in\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e40L capacity - ample space to display a variety of food items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range of 2°C to 6°C - perfect for chilling deli foods, sandwiches, and drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly digital controller - easy for staff to manage temperatures and monitor performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient cooling system - maintains consistent temperatures to ensure food quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStainless steel and glass finish - not only looks great but is durable and easy to clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHinged door design - allows easy access for restocking while keeping items fresh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Countertop Display Fridges\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh visibility display\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAttracts customers and encourages purchases.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompact design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIdeal for limited counter space while maximizing display area.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to maintain\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMinimized downtime and consistent service quality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis countertop display fridge is perfect for various food service settings. Whether you're serving grab-and-go meals or chilled refreshments, its design is versatile enough for numerous applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés and coffee shops - ideal for displaying snacks and chilled beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants - perfect for showcasing appetizers and desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDeli counters - keeps pre-packaged foods visible and accessible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenience stores - emphasizes quick sale items to enhance customer experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the merchandiser is positioned in a well-ventilated area. Regular cleaning of the stainless steel and glass surfaces will maintain its appearance and hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on the G-Series Counter Top Self Serve Merchandiser?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt comes with a 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range for this merchandiser?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range is between 2°C to 6°C.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan this unit be used for all-day storage?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, it is designed only for short-term food display and not for all-day 24-hour storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the difference in showcasing your culinary offerings with the G-Series Counter Top Self Serve Merchandiser. This efficient and stylish display fridge is ready to enhance your service. Order today!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810917958017,"sku":"GG755","price":1115.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/674d25d130dc2bfb52766fb15842327c.png?v=1781705540"},{"product_id":"6-pot-commercial-bain-marie-with-adjustable-thermostat-3kw","title":"6 Pot Commercial Bain Marie with Adjustable Thermostat 3kW","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 6 Pot Bain Marie is an essential addition for any catering service or commercial kitchen looking to serve food at the perfect temperature. Designed for ease of use, it allows chefs and staff to keep multiple dishes warm and ready for serving. Its simple operation and efficient design make it an indispensable tool for busy environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 3kW Wet Heat with Tap. 6x 4Ltr pots included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 6 x 4Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 360(H) x 750(W) x 600(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 24kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature range from 0°C to 85°C for versatile heating options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntuitive thermostat control requires little to no training for quick operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact design fits well alongside other appliances on countertops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean stainless steel construction ensures a tidy kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade in the UK, promoting local craftsmanship.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied with 6x 4Ltr GN pots and lids for immediate start-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet heating technology keeps food gently warm for an extended period.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrain tap enables rapid drainage at the end of service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUser-friendly thermostat allows for precise temperature control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel design provides longevity and reduces maintenance costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWet heat technology ensures food retains moisture, enhancing taste and texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGenerous pot capacity is perfect for busy catering environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFront-mounted drain valve simplifies cleaning and maintenance tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions fit easily on most countertops without taking up too much space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bains Marie\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo complex installation required; ready to use with a simple plug-in.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInvest in a product that is built to last, minimizing replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy Maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpend less time cleaning and more time serving great food.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWet Heating Technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKeep food at optimum serving temperatures for a longer time without drying out.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompact Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximize your kitchen space with a unit that fits seamlessly alongside other equipment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 6 Pot Bain Marie is well suited for various settings, making it a versatile asset in any kitchen. From services to canteens, it meets the demands of high-volume food service efficiently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants serving buffets or all-you-can-eat dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCatering companies at events or festivals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood trucks that require portable food warming solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSchool cafeterias for meal service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés looking to hold multiple dishes at the proper temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHotels offering breakfast or brunch service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward, with the unit operating via a simple 3-pin plug. Regular maintenance involves wiping down the stainless steel exterior and utilizing the drain valve for easy cleaning at the end of service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I clean the Bain Marie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCleaning is easy due to its stainless steel construction; simply wipe down surfaces and utilize the drain tap at the end of service for quick disposal of water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I adjust the temperature?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the intuitive thermostat allows you to set temperatures between 0°C and 85°C according to your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Bain Marie come with pots?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it includes six 4Ltr GN pots and lids, ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith its robust design and user-friendly features, the 6 Pot Bain Marie is the perfect solution for maintaining warm, quality food service. Order today to enhance your kitchen’s efficiency and food presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55810977530241,"sku":"GM763","price":1595.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/b5fbf25ee4af7ebaea9ac25db3950ebd.png?v=1781705766"},{"product_id":"600mm-electric-chip-scuttle-for-commercial-kitchens","title":"600mm Electric Chip Scuttle for Commercial Kitchens","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 600 Series Chip Scuttle is an essential addition for any kitchen looking to maintain efficiency and quality. Designed for chefs who demand performance and practicality, this modular kitchen appliance excels in keeping fried foods at an optimal serving temperature, ensuring customer satisfaction with every meal. Whether you run a bustling restaurant or a caterer's kitchen, this chip scuttle will streamline your service and enhance your cooking line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality materials, the 600 Series Chip Scuttle offers reliability and durability. This countertop unit features a fast heat-up ceramic infrared heating element, which means it can be used almost immediately after activation. The clever design solves the common problem of soggy fries by utilizing a perforated drain plate, ensuring that your food remains crisp and fresh until it reaches the plate. The modular finish allows it to be seamlessly integrated with other 600 Series appliances, providing a unified look in your kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 240(H) x 400(W) x 600(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 12kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFast heat-up ceramic infra red heating element - use almost immediately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerforated drain plate keeps contents crisp and fresh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eKeeps chips at serving temperature for up to 20 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSloped draining plate assists with the scooping and serving process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTime-saving easy-clean stainless steel construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient heating to minimize downtime during service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned to keep food at an ideal serving temperature, enhancing taste and presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy to clean, allowing for quick turnaround between services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eModular design ensures compatibility with other appliances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction ensures longevity, perfect for high-volume environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Modular Kitchens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliable heating element\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces food waste and improves service speed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCrisp presentation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures food looks as good as it tastes, enhancing customer experience.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSeamless integration\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFits perfectly in any kitchen layout, maximizing space efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis chip scuttle is perfect for various settings where quick and efficient food service is essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants with high-volume fry orders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks and mobile catering services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e setups that require continuous supply of hot fried food.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFast food establishments needing quick service solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the unit is placed on a stable, heat-resistant countertop. Regular cleaning with suitable materials will maintain its appearance and functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power requirement for the 600 Series Chip Scuttle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chip scuttle operates on 1kW, requiring a voltage of 230V.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow can the food be kept warm?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit keeps chips at serving temperature for up to 20 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the base cupboard included? \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, the chip scuttle is a countertop unit only; the base cupboard is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficiency and quality of the 600 Series Chip Scuttle. Order today to elevate your kitchen's performance and ensure that your fried offerings are always served at their best.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811005710721,"sku":"CU479","price":719.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/fe594be308dbc634094d240267382fb9.png?v=1781705798"},{"product_id":"68l-commercial-countertop-display-fridge-with-adjustable-shelves","title":"68L Commercial Countertop Display Fridge with Adjustable Shelves","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series Efficient Display Fridge 68Ltr is an essential addition for any business looking to showcase chilled products enticingly. Ideal for cafés, convenience stores, or catering services, this countertop display fridge effortlessly highlights your offerings while maximizing sales potential. Its stylish design combined with innovative technology ensures that your items, from soft drinks to delectable desserts, are served chilled and in the best presentation possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a blend of durable plastic and glass, the fridge is designed not only for visual appeal but also for efficiency and ease of maintenance. With digital controls and adjustable shelving, the C-Series allows you to customize your display according to your business needs. Users can trust this display fridge to maintain optimal temperatures while keeping costs low, making it both a practical and environmentally-friendly choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 68Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 885(H) x 428(W) x 386(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 33.2kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRefrigerant\u003c\/strong\u003e R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/strong\u003e 0°C to 12°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e A\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful forced air cooling for consistent temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic off cycle defrost for hassle-free maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -saving LED light that highlights contents, enhancing visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThree sturdy adjustable shelves for flexible space management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy feet for secure placement on any countertop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEye-catching four-sided display showcasing your products from all angles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient design reduces operational costs, benefiting your bottom line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDigital controls for easy temperature management and reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelving allows for customized display arrangements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrost feature minimizes maintenance time and effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact dimensions perfect for various countertop spaces without sacrificing storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Countertop Display Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower monthly utility bills contribute to cost savings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStylish Appearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances store aesthetics, attracting customers to your products.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable Shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAllows customization for seasonal promotions or new product launches.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile display fridge excels in various settings, providing functional benefits across different industries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés and coffee shops looking to showcase chilled pastries and beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenience stores where space is limited but visibility is essential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services requiring efficient storage and display of pre-made meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants offering take-out options for customers on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimum performance, place the display fridge on a level countertop and allow for adequate ventilation around the unit. Regular cleaning of interior components will help maintain hygiene and effectiveness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the C-Series Display Fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature ranges from 0°C to 12°C, ideal for various chilled products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the fridge consume?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series has an rating of A, which indicates it operates efficiently while keeping costs low.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for the product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fridge comes with a 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour warranty, ensuring peace of mind with your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the C-Series Efficient Display Fridge 68Ltr today and watch your sales soar while enjoying savings. Order now to elevate your merchandising game.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811007316353,"sku":"CX578","price":823.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/a64661f909ce4ce0134380f04160c91f.png?v=1781705825"},{"product_id":"80-plate-commercial-bain-marie-hot-cupboard-stainless-steel","title":"80 Plate Commercial Bain Marie Hot Cupboard Stainless Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Victor Countess Junior Bain Marie Hot Cupboard BM21MS is an essential kitchen appliance tailored for chefs and catering businesses. Designed to keep plated dishes warm and ready for service, this hot cupboard ensures that your culinary creations maintain their optimal temperature and quality until they reach the table. Whether in a restaurant,, or catering environment, this unit is engineered to meet high demands while enhancing efficiency in food service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with robust stainless steel, this hot cupboard offers durability and ease of cleaning, ideal for high-traffic kitchens. Its digital temperature display and adjustable thermostat guarantee precise control, addressing the common challenge of keeping food at the right temperature without overcooking or drying out. This model distinguishes itself with its innovative features, combining functionality with user-friendly design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 80 x 10\" \/ 10 x 10\" plated.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 850(H) x 500(W) x 825(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 220V\/240V, 50Hz, 1kW loading, 4.2A approx\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 50kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFour x 100mm swivel castors, two braked for mobility when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDigital temperature display for easy monitoring of heat levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo removable shelves and supports for flexible organization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTop hung sliding door design with zero dirt traps for hygiene maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable element cover allows for easy access during cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSatin finish stainless steel interior with internal radius corners prevents buildup of grime.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDouble skin construction ensures a coolwall exterior for safe operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTop level recessed, adjustable thermostat for user-friendly temperature control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust push\/pull bar for easy access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCurly cable with plug park for neat storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCapacity for numerous plated dishes allows for high-volume service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel construction extends the lifespan of the unit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDigital display ensures accuracy in monitoring food temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSwivel castors enhance mobility, making the cupboard easy to reposition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable shelves allow for easy storage and cleaning of various container sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eInnovative door design ensures maximum sanitation and accessibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Hot Cupboard\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient heat retention\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsure your dishes are served warm, enhancing customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust build quality\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReliability in busy kitchen environments reduces the risk of equipment failure.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy mobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRedesign your kitchen layout without the hassle of heavy lifting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Victor Countess Junior Bain Marie Hot Cupboard is suited for various culinary applications, excelling in environments that require effective food retention. This appliance is perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants needing to serve multiple plated dishes quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services that transport food, ensuring items remain warm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e settings where dishes must stay heated over extended periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels managing room service while maintaining quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo ensure optimal functionality, it is recommended to properly install the cupboard on a level surface. Regular cleaning of the stainless steel surfaces will maintain its appearance and hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power requirement for this hot cupboard?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit operates on a 220V\/240V power supply and requires approximately 4.2A.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Victor Countess Junior Bain Marie Hot Cupboard easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it features removable element covers and a satin finish on the interior, making it easy to maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty is offered with this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labor for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the convenience and reliability of the Victor Countess Junior Bain Marie Hot Cupboard BM21MS. Order today and transform your food service efficiency!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811013771649,"sku":"CD061","price":3247.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/918077aa763aa68f93743d59e0b8fc80.png?v=1781705909"},{"product_id":"82l-commercial-heated-food-display-merchandiser-with-led-lighting","title":"82L Commercial Heated Food Display Merchandiser with LED Lighting","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Heated Food Display Merchandiser 82Ltr is an essential addition for any food service operation, designed for restaurants, cafes, and catering businesses. This unit presents and preserves your hot foods while maximizing sales and reducing costs. With its contemporary design and efficient operation, it addresses the need for an effective way to showcase dishes without compromising quality or temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable metal and glass, this heated display unit is built to withstand the rigors of daily use while providing an aesthetically pleasing view of your culinary offerings. The -efficient LED lighting not only enhances the visibility of your products but also significantly reduces running costs, making it an eco-friendly choice. Additionally, it is easy to clean and maintain, ensuring you spend less time on upkeep and more time serving delicious foods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 800W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 500(H) x 554(W) x 458(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Metal \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 22kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 82Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable temperature controller from 30-90°C for versatile food options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eInternal LED illumination on sides creates an inviting presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStylish front curved glass enhances visibility of displayed items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRear sliding door access allows for easy replenishment of items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStrong chrome-plated shelves accommodate various food types securely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient design helps lower operating costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLED lighting improves food display attractiveness and draws in customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable temperature settings cater to a range of hot foods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy construction ensures -lasting durability for heavy use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy access for stocking and cleaning boosts efficiency in service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design fits into various kitchen layouts comfortably.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Heated Display Units\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -efficient operation\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSaves on electricity bills while keeping food at optimal temperatures.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable temperature control\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAllows you to offer a variety of hot dishes perfectly maintained.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStylish design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances your food presentation, making it more appealing to customers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBuilt to withstand constant use without compromising functionality.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis heated food display is ideal for a diverse range of settings, making it versatile in application. It excels in environments such as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for showcasing daily specials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés offering grab-and-go hot meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering events ensuring food is served hot and fresh.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuffets promoting a variety of hot dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood markets needing effective food merchandising solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the unit is placed on a level surface with adequate ventilation. Regularly wipe down surfaces and check internal components as per the provided maintenance guidelines to prolong its lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the Heated Food Display?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature can be adjusted from 30°C to 90°C, accommodating various hot food options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much power does it consume?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit operates at 800W, ensuring efficient use while maintaining food safety standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it includes a 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour warranty for added peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your food display with the Heated Food Display Merchandiser 82Ltr. Perfect for showcasing your offerings while maintaining ideal temperatures, this unit is a smart investment for improving customer satisfaction and boosting sales. Order today to enhance your food service capability.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811014820225,"sku":"HW929","price":847.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/deaa1e894adbfbccb5f27050f949be12.png?v=1781705924"},{"product_id":"86ltr-commercial-countertop-display-fridge-with-curved-door","title":"86Ltr Commercial Countertop Display Fridge with Curved Door","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series Efficient Curved Door Display Fridge 86Ltr is an essential addition for cafés, sandwich shops, food pubs, and other food service establishments. Designed for self-service or assisted service environments, this countertop display fridge effectively showcases and preserves perishable items while attracting customer attention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durable plastic and glass, this -efficient unit features a sleek finish that complements any décor. The countertop design allows it to fit seamlessly in high-traffic areas, maximizing visibility and potential sales. Equipped with a user-friendly digital panel, adjusting the temperature is straightforward, ensuring that your food items remain fresh and appealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 86Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 980(H) x 425(W) x 429(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 36.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/strong\u003e 0°C to 12°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e -saving LED light highlights fridge contents to maximise sales.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStylish design adds a modern touch to service areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerful forced air cooling maintains consistent temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic off cycle defrost simplifies maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntuitive digital controls for convenient temperature adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree sturdy adjustable shelves provide flexibility in storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePass-through front and rear glass doors enable easy access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e -efficient operation reduces electricity costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCurved glass doors offer an unobstructed view of the contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact design allows placement in various service areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic defrosting system ensures hassle-free use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable shelving accommodates different product sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBright LED lighting enhances product visibility and appeal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Countertop Display Fridges\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e efficiency\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLower operational costs while maintaining optimal temperature.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStylish design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnhances the aesthetic of your service area, attracting more customers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMore space for merchandise means more choices for your customers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy access\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCustomers can easily see and grab items, increasing turnover.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis countertop display fridge excels in several environments where fresh food items are served. Whether you're operating a café, deli, or food pub, this fridge will support your merchandising needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCafés for displaying pastries and beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSandwich shops showcasing fresh sandwiches and salads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood pubs storing snacks and ready-to-eat meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetail environments needing an attractive display for packaged goods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuffets or catering setups offering cold dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, install the fridge in a well-ventilated area away from direct sunlight or heat sources. Clean the unit regularly to maintain hygiene and efficiency. Make to follow the manufacturer’s guidelines for care and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat temperature range does the fridge maintain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fridge maintains a temperature range of 0°C to 12°C, ideal for various perishable items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many shelves does the fridge have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit includes three sturdy adjustable shelves to maximize storage flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on the product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis fridge comes with a 2 years parts and labour warranty, ensuring peace of mind with your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the C-Series Efficient Curved Door Display Fridge 86Ltr to enhance your food service operations and elevate customer satisfaction. Shop now and experience the convenience and efficiency it brings!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811015410049,"sku":"CX576","price":969.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/74b4aff3130b2ad21118e931e862b1f2.png?v=1781705944"},{"product_id":"86ltr-countertop-display-fridge-energy-efficient-curved-door","title":"86Ltr Countertop Display Fridge Efficient Curved Door","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe C-Series Efficient Curved Door Display Fridge Black 86Ltr is the ideal countertop display solution for cafés, sandwich shops, food pubs, and various retail environments. With a generous capacity of 86 liters, this fridge beautifully showcases your food and beverage offerings while maximizing sales potential in high foot traffic areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable plastic and glass, this fridge combines functionality with a modern aesthetic. Its user-friendly rear-mounted digital panel allows for easy temperature adjustments, ensuring that your contents are stored at the perfect temperature. Unlike traditional display fridges, this unit features pass-through front and rear glass doors, offering convenience for both self-service and assisted service applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 86Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 980(H) x 429(W) x 425(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Plastic \u0026amp; Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 36.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRefrigerant\u003c\/strong\u003e R600a \/ GWP 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Range\u003c\/strong\u003e 0°C to 12°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e Rating\u003c\/strong\u003e A\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePowerful forced air cooling ensures consistent temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -saving LED lighting highlights products to attract customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThree adjustable shelves provide customizable storage options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAutomatic off cycle defrost simplifies maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe curved door design grants an attractive view of the fridge's contents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe rear-mounted digital panel facilitates quick temperature adjustments at a glance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePass-through doors support user convenience and efficiency in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e efficiency keeps operational costs down while maintaining performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDiverse storage capacity caters to a variety of food and drink items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact footprint fits easily in limited space without sacrificing display area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Countertop Display Fridge\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e efficient design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower utility bills and more sustainable operation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eIntuitive controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimple setup and minimal training required for staff.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStylish appearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhance the visual appeal of your business and attract more customers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials ensure longevity and reduce replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis countertop display fridge excels in various settings, proving beneficial for businesses that prioritize visibility and access to chilled products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés serving beverages and pastries\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSandwich shops offering quick grab-and-go items\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood pubs featuring specialty drinks and snacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRetail outlets displaying bottled beverages and snacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo install the C-Series Display Fridge, simply position it in a well-ventilated area, ensuring access to the rear-mounted control panel. Regular cleaning will help maintain its performance and aesthetics.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the fridge?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range is between 0°C to 12°C, ideal for various food and drink items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many shelves does the fridge have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model comes with three sturdy adjustable shelves for flexible storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of warranty is offered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fridge includes a 2-year warranty for parts and labour, ensuring peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the convenience and efficiency of the C-Series Efficient Curved Door Display Fridge Black 86Ltr. This model will elevate your business's display capabilities while providing reliable performance. Order today to enhance your service!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811015573889,"sku":"CX574","price":1017.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/cb1fbe410e35aeb2aebff8069504f198.png?v=1781705944"},{"product_id":"9ltr-commercial-bain-marie-with-two-4-5ltr-pots","title":"9Ltr Commercial Bain Marie with Two 4.5Ltr Pots","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bain Marie BS3W is an essential tool for any caterer, offering a reliable solution for holding pre-cooked food at optimal serving temperatures. Designed to accommodate the rigorous demands of restaurants, takeaways, and mobile catering operations, this electric bain marie efficiently keeps your sauces, gravies, and other dishes warm without drying them out, ensuring your customers always enjoy quality meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from robust stainless steel, the Bain Marie not only boasts durability but also easy maintenance. The wet heat system effectively maintains the moisture of foods, preventing waste and ensuring a perfect serving every time. Its distinguished features, such as the integral drainage tap, make it a standout choice in commercial kitchens, combining functionality with ease of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 325(H) x 300(W) x 600(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 1kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 x 4.5 Ltr round pots\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 11.3kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e2 x Stainless Steel Pots included – 4.5 Ltr each\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use integral drain tap for quick emptying\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWet heat technology reduces risk of food drying out\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable heat control tailored to your specific needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHolds food safely at serving temperatures for up to two hours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel exterior ensures -lasting performance and resistance to wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIntegral drain tap simplifies the draining process, saving time during busy service periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWet heat functionality helps maintain quality, allowing for content to be served at the ideal temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes two large pots, making it suited for a variety of sauces and prepared foods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable heat control allows for precise temperature management based on your food requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design optimizes kitchen space while offering a generous food capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bains Marie\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh-quality stainless steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting durability and easy cleaning ensure it remains a staple in your kitchen.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient wet heat system\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eKeeps food at the right temperature, enhancing customer satisfaction while reducing waste.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eTwo pot capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile options for holding multiple dishes, perfect for busy kitchen environments.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable heat control\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomizes heating to suit diverse menu offerings, maximizing meal flexibility.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bain Marie is versatile and fits seamlessly into various food service environments. Ideal uses include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants where sauces and pre-cooked entrees need to be held at serving temperatures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTakeaway establishments that require efficient food warming solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMobile caterers who need portable, reliable equipment that supports high output.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés or buffets where versatility in food presentation is essential.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bain Marie is straightforward to set up, plugging directly into a electrical outlet. Regular cleaning of the stainless steel exterior and periodic checks of the integral drain tap will ensure smooth operation and longevity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the power rating of the Bain Marie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bain marie operates on a power rating of 1kW.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the bain marie hold food at temperature for periods?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it can safely hold food at serving temperature for up to two hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty on the product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model comes with a warranty of 2 years for parts and labor, ensuring peace of mind with your purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the efficiency and reliability of the Bain Marie BS3W for your catering needs. Order today and elevate your food service operation!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811019440513,"sku":"J541","price":1007.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/5d86827a24e5e40093ae3810d525f4e4.png?v=1781706008"},{"product_id":"9ltr-commercial-chocolate-melter-with-removable-stainless-bowl","title":"9Ltr Commercial Chocolate Melter with Removable Stainless Bowl","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 9Ltr Chocolate Melter 09.SC9L is an essential tool for any chef or catering event that requires beautifully melted chocolate. Designed to cater to businesses in the culinary industry, this melter ensures a smooth and consistent melting process, making it a must-have for chocolate fountains or dessert presentations. With its generous capacity, this chocolate melter simplifies large-scale chocolate preparations, allowing you to create delightful treats with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality stainless steel, the chocolate melter features a removable bowl that is not only durable but also easy to clean and maintain. What sets this product apart is its innovative dry heat melting system, eliminating the mess of water baths. The melter provides precise temperature control through a simple dial, delivering reliable performance for all your chocolate melting and tempering needs. This combination of build quality and functionality makes it a trustworthy choice for chocolate enthusiasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 9.0Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 200W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 530(H) x 450(W)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Steel \u0026amp; Plastic\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 6kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable thermostat for customized melting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes handling and storage easy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDry heat system eliminates the need for a water bath, saving time and reducing mess.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSimple dial temperature control for quick adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEven melting across the base and sides for perfect results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity of 9Ltr to cater to big events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e200W power ensures fast melting times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel construction for longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use temperature control for consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable bowl simplifies cleaning tasks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design facilitates easy transport and setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Chocolate Fountain\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient melting process\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLess waiting time and more efficiency during service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDry heat system\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo water usage means a cleaner and simpler experience.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStainless steel bowl\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable and hygienic, ensuring food safety.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe chocolate melter excels in various settings, making it a versatile tool in the kitchen. Here are some ideal applications:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuffets and dessert stations at catered events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eChocolate fountains for weddings and parties.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e kitchens requiring large batches of melted chocolate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBakeries preparing chocolate-based desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eChocolate tempering for confections and decorations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial and mobile catering services looking for reliable equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSetting up the chocolate melter is straightforward. Simply plug it in, set the desired temperature using the dial, and wait for the chocolate to melt. Regularly clean the removable bowl after each use to maintain hygiene and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it take to melt chocolate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe melting time may vary based on the quantity and type of chocolate, but it typically melts quickly due to the 200W power rating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the bowl dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile the bowl is removable for easy cleaning, it is recommended to wash it by hand to prolong its lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this melter for other types of chocolate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the chocolate melter is suitable for various types of chocolate, including dark, milk, and chocolate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your dessert offerings with the 9Ltr Chocolate Melter 09.SC9L. Order today and elevate your chocolate melting experience to a level.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811019538817,"sku":"HU025","price":1199.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/abb32122dafa6edfeb1e50ed9f066ab9.png?v=1781706010"},{"product_id":"built-in-commercial-plate-warmer-for-25-x-12-plates","title":"Built-In Commercial Plate Warmer for 25 x 12\" Plates","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Electric Built In Plate Warmer Black PWB-12 is an essential tool for professionals in the catering and foodservice industry. Designed for seamless integration into cabinetry, this plate warmer ensures that dishes are served warm and ready to delight guests. Its capacity to hold up to 25 plates up to 12 inches in diameter optimizes efficiency during busy service times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCrafted with high-quality materials and advanced design features, the Electric Built In Plate Warmer addresses the common challenge of maintaining the ideal serving temperature for your plates. Its sleek black finish adds a modern touch to your kitchen, making it both functional and aesthetically pleasing. Ideal for both commercial kitchens and serious home chefs seeking convenience, this unit not only elevates meal presentation but also significantly improves workflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 670(H) x 520(W) x 520(L)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 463W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 23.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 25 Plates up to 12\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOpen design allows for easy retrieval, loading, and cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable temperature control with a range of 104°F to 122°F (40°C to 50°C).\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient LED lighting illuminates the interior for better visibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDaisy-chain capability allows for up to three units to be connected, enhancing utility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSeamless built-in design saves valuable countertop space while providing a sleek appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh-capacity warming ensures enough plates are ready, perfect for high-demand services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e efficiency reduces electricity costs, making it ideal for businesses looking to save.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable construction withstands the rigors of daily use in commercial settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDigital temperature control offers precision, ensuring plates are kept at the optimal serving temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEffortless maintenance with easy cleaning features, saving you time and effort.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Plate Warmer\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eBuilt-in design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances the aesthetic and functionality of your kitchen or service area.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLarge capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eNo more worries about serving cold plates, even during peak hours.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable temperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAllows flexibility for different dishes and serving preferences.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurability\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDesigned for -term use, minimizing replacement costs over time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e efficient\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLower electricity bills keep operational costs to a minimum.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Electric Built In Plate Warmer excels in various settings where efficient food service is paramount. Its features are well-suited for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants looking to improve service speed and plate presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCaterers needing to keep plates warm during events and functions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuffets where quick access to hot plates can enhance guest experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks or kiosks where space is limited but efficiency is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens in hotels and resorts for high-volume meal service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor installation, the plate warmer is designed to be built into existing cabinetry, ensuring a finish. Regular cleaning and maintenance are recommended to keep the unit in top condition, ensuring optimal performance over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the Electric Built In Plate Warmer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit holds up to 25 plates with a maximum diameter of 12 inches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the temperature adjustable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it features a digital temperature control with adjustable settings from 104°F to 122°F (40°C to 50°C).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Electric Built In Plate Warmer comes with a warranty of 2 years for parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOrder your Electric Built In Plate Warmer Black PWB-12 today and elevate your food service experience with perfectly warmed plates for every dish. Enhance your kitchen efficiency and delivery quality by adding this essential item to your culinary toolkit.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811026813313,"sku":"DZ830","price":2023.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/7aa18c0f3e7db6b2824a5a602111c76d.png?v=1781706124"},{"product_id":"commercial-10l-soup-kettle-with-hinged-lid-and-ladle-notch","title":"Commercial 10L Soup Kettle with Hinged Lid and Ladle Notch","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Heat \u0026amp; Hold Soup Kettle 10Ltr is an essential tool for food service professionals seeking to simplify the way they serve soups and stews. Ideal for restaurants, catering companies, and events, this kettle ensures that your delicious creations stay warm and ready to serve, eliminating the hassle of constant reheating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with durable stainless steel and aluminum, the soup kettle not only looks sleek but is designed for functionality and ease of use. Its hinged lid and convenient ladle notch make accessing contents simple and efficient, while easy clean-up at the end of service sets it apart from traditional kettles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 450W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 10Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 418(H)x375(W)x330(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Aluminium\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Black \u0026amp; Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range of 40°C to 90°C for precise heating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIntuitive digital control panel simplifies temperature adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable temperature at 1°C increments for tailored heating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDry heat functionality eliminates the need for water baths.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eInner pot is compatible with all hob types, including induction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStylish finish makes it suitable for customer-facing areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePlug-and-play design ideal for event catering scenarios.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEffortless temperature control with a digital panel for precision cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNo water bath required, reducing maintenance and potential spills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge capacity ensures ample servings for busy establishments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDurable materials promise longevity, even with daily use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCompact design saves space in kitchens or catering venues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy access through a ladle notch facilitates quick service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Soup Kettles And Warmers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient heating\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuickly serve warm soups, enhancing customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time on maintenance and more on service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCan be used across various types of hobs and in any setting.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eStylish appearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdds a touch to your food service area.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heat \u0026amp; Hold Soup Kettle excels in a variety of service environments, providing reliability and efficiency. It is perfect for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants serving daily specials or soup of the day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services providing warm meals at events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks needing compact, efficient heating solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e setups where maintaining temperature is crucial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood service areas in schools or hospitals for consistent offerings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe soup kettle is designed for straightforward plug-and-play use. Regular cleaning is advisable to maintain hygiene standards, ensuring it’s always ready for your next service event.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the Soup Kettle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kettle operates within a temperature range of 40°C to 90°C, allowing for precise warming of various soups and stews.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow easy is it to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts stainless steel and aluminum construction means that the kettle is easy to clean after each use, ensuring efficient service at your venue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it require a water bath for operation?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo, this soup kettle uses dry heat technology, eliminating the need for filling or draining water, making it much simpler to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heat \u0026amp; Hold Soup Kettle 10Ltr is the ultimate solution for keeping culinary creations warm and ready to serve, enhancing your kitchen efficiency. Order today and elevate your service!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811034841473,"sku":"GM819","price":350.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/cad1fae4619837078c6c38c1a7d515aa.png?v=1781706232"},{"product_id":"commercial-12l-chilled-juice-dispenser-with-electronic-control","title":"Commercial 12L Chilled Juice Dispenser with Electronic Control","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe ARCTIC DX 12\/1AA Single Bowl Chilled Drinks Machine is designed for cafes, restaurants, and catering businesses looking to serve refreshing chilled non-carbonated beverages efficiently. This innovative cold juice dispenser not only blends with functionality but also guarantees optimal taste through precise temperature control, making it the perfect asset for any food service environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a durable stainless steel body, the ARCTIC DX 12\/1AA stands up to the rigors of daily use while resisting stains and simplifying the cleaning process. Its compact design allows high capacity cooling with a 12-litre bowl, addressing the needs of busy services without compromising space. The removable tubber tap is engineered for longevity and ease of replacement, setting this model apart in reliability and usability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 270W\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBowl capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 12Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 670(H) x 180(W) x 480(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 Year Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 17kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGenerous 12Ltr capacity - perfect for busy services.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStirring paddle helps to maintain a consistent temperature and mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMagnetically operated submersible pump ensures quick, uniform cooling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood-grade bowls and taps are easily removable for quick cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRubber tap design is simple, safe, and easy to clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHermetically sealed compressor enhances cooling efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick and easy to dismantle for thorough cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe precise electronic temperature control allows customized cooling for different beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIts stainless steel construction not only provides durability but also enhances the aesthetic appeal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe larger bowl capacity means fewer refills and more time to serve customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEfficient cooling mechanism optimizes beverage taste, ensuring customer satisfaction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy maintenance with removable components helps maintain hygiene standards in any workspace.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe compact size is ideal for locations with limited space, maximizing operational efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Cold Juice Dispensers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to Clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSpend less time on maintenance and more on serving customers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduce the frequency of refills during peak times, enhancing service speed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable Build\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eInvestment in -lasting equipment reduces replacement costs over time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eConsistent Quality\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaintain optimal beverage taste, promoting repeat business.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARCTIC DX 12\/1AA is versatile and excels in various environments where chilled beverages are a necessity: \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants serving fresh juices and smoothies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvents and catering services needing quick access to chilled drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels aiming to provide guests with refreshing drink options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes that offer a variety of beverages in a single machine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARCTIC DX requires minimal installation efforts. Ensure it is placed on a level surface and is connected to the appropriate power supply. Regularly clean the removable components to maintain hygiene and operational efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat types of beverages can be used with the ARCTIC DX 12\/1AA?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis machine is suitable for a variety of non-carbonated drinks, including juices, iced teas, and smoothies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the removable bowls and taps simplify the cleaning process, ensuring a hygienic environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this machine?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ARCTIC DX 12\/1AA comes with a 1-year warranty covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOptimize your beverage serving capabilities with the ARCTIC DX 12\/1AA Single Bowl Chilled Drinks Machine and enhance your service efficiency. Order today to elevate your drink offerings and improve customer satisfaction.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811037331841,"sku":"JE415","price":1672.78,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/7e3763eb05356b8f515803f3838d7236.png?v=1781706259"},{"product_id":"commercial-21ltr-bain-marie-with-pans-and-lids","title":"Commercial 21Ltr Bain Marie with Pans and Lids","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Bain Marie with Pans is an essential tool for any commercial kitchen looking to keep food warm and ready for service. This versatile bains marie is designed for restaurants, catering services, and food trucks, allowing operators to serve hot dishes with ease. The convenience and efficiency it provides make it a valuable addition to your kitchen equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality stainless steel, the Bain Marie offers durability and longevity. It effectively maintains temperatures from 30°C to 90°C, ensuring that your food remains at optimal serving conditions. This model differentiates itself with its gentle wet heat operation, which is perfect for hot holding liquids such as soups, gravies, and sauces without compromising their texture or flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1 x 1\/3 GN Pan – 150mm deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1 x 1\/3 GN Pan – 150mm deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1 x 1\/6 GN Pan – 150mm deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e1 x 1\/6 GN Pan – 150mm deep\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.2kW Wet Heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 21Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 327(H) x 645(W) x 432(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 10.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e \n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly dial temperature control for precise heat management.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOverheat protection with a simple reset function enhances safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-clean stainless steel construction simplifies maintenance and hygiene.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEnvironmentally friendly packaging reduces plastic waste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eImproved design for an extended operational lifespan, making it a reliable choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range from 30°C to 90°C for versatile heating options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes support\/divider bars for organized pan arrangement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAccepts GN pans up to 150mm deep, increasing flexibility in food presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGentle wet heat operation preserves the quality of liquid foods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e2-year warranty offers peace of mind and assurance of quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design facilitates easy mobility and repositioning in kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Bains Marie\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting investment that withstands daily heavy use.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient heating\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eMaintains food temperature for longer, reducing waste and improving service efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAccessible controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy to adjust settings ensures quick and effective operation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCompact dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePerfectly fits various kitchen layouts without taking up excessive space.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bain Marie is perfect for various settings where hot food service is crucial. Its design and functionality make it particularly suited for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants serving a variety of soups and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés offering ready-to-eat food options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering events that require efficient food presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuffets needing to keep multiple dishes warm simultaneously.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks providing hot meals to customers on the go.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the Bain Marie is placed on a stable, level surface, and plugged into a compatible electrical outlet. Regularly clean the stainless steel body to maintain hygiene and extend its operational lifespan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the Bain Marie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range is from 30°C to 90°C, allowing for versatile heating options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat kind of pans are included with this model?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model includes four high-quality GN pans: 2 x 1\/3 GN pans and 2 x 1\/6 GN pans, all 150mm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a warranty with this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, it comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Bain Marie with Pans is the perfect solution for keeping your delicious dishes warm and ready for serving. Order today and enhance your kitchen’s efficiency and food presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811048767873,"sku":"FT691","price":338.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/9f11472c0a146ca4c3a0d554bcd50671.png?v=1781706394"},{"product_id":"commercial-4-pot-bain-marie-600-series-countertop-unit","title":"Commercial 4 Pot Bain Marie 600 Series Countertop Unit","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 600 Series 4 Pot Bain Marie is an essential addition for any kitchen looking to streamline food service. Designed for catering operations and commercial kitchens, this modular bain marie ensures your culinary creations are kept at the perfect temperature while providing an organized workspace. Its four stainless steel pots allow you to serve multiple dishes simultaneously, making it an invaluable tool for any busy environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality stainless steel, the 600 Series boasts durability and strength, ensuring it withstands the demands of a commercial kitchen. The unit not only enhances efficiency but also minimizes the risk of burns or accidents with its smooth edges. A standout feature is its ability to be integrated with other products from the 600 Series, promoting a clean, coordinated appearance across your kitchen setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 4x 4Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 295(H) x 600(W) x 640(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 17.8kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes 4x 4Ltr stainless steel pots with lids for versatile use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable temperature range from 30-90℃ for flexible food preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGentle wet heat operation prevents food from drying out, preserving flavors and textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOverheat protection with a simple reset function ensures safety during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConvenient front tap for easy draining, simplifying the cleaning process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCan be turned into a freestanding unit, compatible with 600 Series and base units.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSeamlessly integrates with the rest of the 600 series range.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust stainless steel construction ensures longevity and easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable temperature settings cater to various food types, enhancing versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eWet heating keeps dishes at optimal serving temperatures without compromising quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafety features prevent overheating, giving you peace of mind during service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy drainage access helps reduce downtime and increases efficiency during busy shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eModular design fits seamlessly with existing kitchen configurations, maximizing space utilization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Modular Kitchens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHigh capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eServe multiple dishes simultaneously to improve service speed.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting appliance that withstands heavy daily use, reducing replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAdjustable temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCustomizable heat settings for various dishes, ensuring perfect serving conditions.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 600 Series 4 Pot Bain Marie excels in various settings, making it a versatile tool for culinary professionals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurant kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuffets and food stations\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHospital food services\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafeterias\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEvent venues\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure that the unit is installed on a stable and level surface. Regular cleaning of all surfaces is recommended to maintain hygiene and extend the lifespan of your bain marie.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is included with the 600 Series 4 Pot Bain Marie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit includes 4 stainless steel pots with lids, each with a capacity of 4 liters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the Bain Marie easy to clean?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the stainless steel construction allows for easy cleaning, and the front tap facilitates quick draining.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat safety features does the Bain Marie have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit includes overheat protection with a simple reset function for enhanced safety during operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eElevate your kitchen's performance and efficiency with the 600 Series 4 Pot Bain Marie. Order today to streamline your food service operation and ensure your dishes are always served at the perfect temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811069116801,"sku":"FU291","price":727.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/c816bc99f311c22f46eb6d94f3d798a3.png?v=1781706566"},{"product_id":"commercial-5l-milk-dispenser-stainless-steel-heater","title":"Commercial 5L Milk Dispenser Stainless Steel Heater","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Milk Heater HM 505 is an essential device for any commercial kitchen that prioritizes efficiency and quality. This milk dispenser expertly heats up to 5 liters of milk in just 20 minutes, making it perfect for cafes, restaurants, and catering services. Its sturdy design not only ensures rapid heating but also reliable performance even during peak hours.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-grade stainless steel, the Milk Heater is built to withstand the rigors of daily commercial use. Its adjustable thermostat with an indicator light offers precise control over heating, ensuring that your milk is always at the optimal temperature. This machine solves the problem of managing milk for hot beverages and dishes effectively while standing out with its user-friendly features and efficient design.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\/Spec\u003c\/strong\u003e 2.09kW\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 5Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 423(H)mm\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e 13A\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; 1 Year Labour Commercial Only Warranty\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEasy grip handles for comfortable and secure pouring.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable thermostat allows for customized heating levels.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel construction ensures durability and easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eIndicator light alerts when the desired temperature is reached.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eLightweight design makes it easy to move when needed.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRapid heating within 20 minutes enhances service efficiency.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e5-liter capacity is ideal for busy settings needing high-volume milk supply.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eDurable stainless steel ensures a lifespan and resistance to rust.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eTemperature control provides consistent milk quality for beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eClear indicator light for immediate visual feedback on heating status.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCompact design fits easily in any kitchen layout or counter space.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Milk Dispenser\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eRapid Heating\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eServe hot drinks quickly, reducing customer wait times.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eLarge Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eMinimize refills and maintain a steady supply during busy periods.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eDurable Material\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eGain peace of mind with a machine built to endure daily commercial use.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable Thermostat\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eAchieve the perfect temperature for every type of milk-based beverage.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThis milk heater excels in various commercial settings, making it a versatile addition to your kitchen equipment. Its efficient operation is ideally suited for:\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCafes and coffee shops\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRestaurants serving hot beverages\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eCatering companies with high milk demand\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eBuffets and self-service stations\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eFood trucks and mobile catering services\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal performance, ensure the Milk Heater is placed on a stable surface with access to power. Regular cleaning of the stainless steel exterior is recommended to maintain its sleek appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it take to heat the milk?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Milk Heater HM 505 can heat milk in approximately 20 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum capacity of the milk heater?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe maximum capacity of the unit is 5 liters of milk.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the warranty applicable for residential use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eNo, the warranty for the Milk Heater is only valid for commercial use.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the Milk Heater HM 505 today to enhance your kitchen’s capability and efficiency. With its reliable performance and user-friendly features, it's an essential tool for any commercial establishment that serves milk-based beverages. Order now to elevate your service quality!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811086385537,"sku":"CD215","price":1883.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/6b90327ebb92a24d649285c1421dfd8d.png?v=1781706660"},{"product_id":"commercial-600mm-bain-marie-countertop-kitchen-equipment","title":"Commercial 600mm Bain Marie Countertop Kitchen Equipment","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 600 Series Bain Marie is a versatile kitchen appliance tailored for kitchens and catering services. Designed to complement other appliances in the 600 Series, it brings efficiency and organization to your culinary workspace. Its seamless integration ensures that chefs can focus on their without the distractions of a cluttered cook line.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis bain marie is constructed with a seamless welded stainless steel well, offering durability and easy maintenance. It serves as a reliable solution to keep your liquid foods at ideal serving temperatures while minimizing the risk of burning. The gentle wet heat operation makes it particularly suitable for food items like soups, gravies, and mushy peas, making it a must-have for any modern kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 240(H) x 400(W) x 600(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower Type\u003c\/strong\u003e Electric\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 230V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 11.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTemperature range from 30°C to 90°C, accommodating various heating needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUser-friendly dial temperature control allows for precise adjustments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLarge full-size gastronorm capacity enables effective food storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFront-mounted drain tap simplifies cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOverheat protection ensures safe operation with easy reset functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSeamless welded stainless steel well ensures durability and easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAdjustable temperature settings provide flexibility for different food types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLightweight design allows for easy repositioning in the kitchen as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFront drain tap allows for efficient water disposal, saving time during clean-up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDesigned to fit on 400mm wide cupboards, maximizing your kitchen space.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eConstructed with safety features such as overheat protection for peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Modular Kitchens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSeamless design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eCreates a tidy and efficient workspace that enhances productivity.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eUser-friendly controls\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy temperature management allows for quick adaptations during service.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGood warranty coverage\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures peace of mind with reliable service support for two years.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDesigned to withstand the rigors of a kitchen environment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 600 Series Bain Marie is ideal for a variety of food service applications. Its design is perfect for maintaining optimal temperatures for both preparation and serving. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants and catering services where maintaining food consistency is crucial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e setups at events, keeping dishes warm without drying them out.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks and pop-up kitchens requiring portable solutions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafeterias or canteens where quick service and efficiency are key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCommercial kitchens that handle a high volume of liquid dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal use, the Bain Marie can be positioned on a countertop or atop compatible cupboards, ensuring stability and accessibility. Regular cleaning of the stainless steel surface and drainage system is advised to maintain hygiene and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the temperature range of the bain marie?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe temperature range is from 30°C to 90°C, allowing you to keep various liquid foods at ideal temperatures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs this unit countertop only?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, this unit is designed to be a countertop appliance. Base cupboards are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labor, ensuring reliable service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your kitchen efficiency with the 600 Series Bain Marie. Order today to streamline your cooking process and keep your dishes perfectly warm for your customers.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811088056705,"sku":"CU480","price":727.18,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/bb60075e9475f877d80fb01a4e25c278.png?v=1781706680"},{"product_id":"commercial-9ltr-stainless-steel-soup-kettle-and-warmer","title":"Commercial 9Ltr Stainless Steel Soup Kettle and Warmer","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Heat and Hold Soup Kettle Stainless Steel 9Ltr is a vital piece of equipment for food service professionals looking to keep soups and sauces at optimal temperatures. This robust soup kettle is particularly beneficial for restaurants, catering services, and setups, ensuring delicious offerings are always ready to serve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from polished stainless steel, this soup kettle not only boasts a strong exterior but also features a removable 9Ltr inner pot for easy filling and cleaning. The kettle effectively addresses the common issue of maintaining food temperature without the need for additional heating equipment, making it a must-have for any busy kitchen environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity\u003c\/strong\u003e 9Ltr\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.4kW\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 410(H) x 312(Ø)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVoltage\u003c\/strong\u003e 220-240V\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 5.78kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Silver\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafely heats food from chilled to serving temperatures without additional appliances.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eDigital controls allow for easy switching between heat and hold modes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIncludes a stirring reminder alarm for consistent quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStrong and durable design perfect for customer-facing areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGenerous capacity reduces the need for frequent refills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePolished stainless steel exterior offers a sleek look and easy cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable inner pot simplifies the process of filling and sanitation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIntuitive digital controls enhance functionality and user experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e9Ltr capacity supports high demand during peak service hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e -efficient operation helps reduce overhead costs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eTwo-year warranty provides peace of mind for your investment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Soup Kettles And Warmers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEfficient heating system\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eKeeps food at perfect serving temperature, saving time.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eRobust stainless steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable and easy to maintain, extending the life of the product.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGenerous 9Ltr capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSuitable for busy kitchens, reducing the need for constant refills.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Heat and Hold Soup Kettle is ideal for various settings where hot food is served. Its practical design and efficient heating mechanisms make it a perfect choice for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants serving soups and stews.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCatering services for events and functions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e setups in hotels and large venues.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks and outdoor catering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal operation, place the soup kettle on a level surface and ensure it is plugged into a proper electrical outlet. Regular cleaning of the inner pot will maintain hygiene and performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the capacity of the Heat and Hold Soup Kettle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kettle has a generous capacity of 9 liters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the inner pot be removed for cleaning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the 9Ltr stainless steel inner pot is removable for easy cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for the kettle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kettle comes with a two-year warranty covering parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eInvest in the Heat and Hold Soup Kettle Stainless Steel 9Ltr to ensure your soups are always served at the right temperature, enhancing the dining experience for your customers. Order today to elevate your food service capabilities.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811094937985,"sku":"HT759","price":242.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/c7005ead1ce4f58bfb580033f0d8e69c.png?v=1781706765"},{"product_id":"commercial-ambient-display-cabinet-490mm-high-glass-sides","title":"Commercial Ambient Display Cabinet 490mm High Glass Sides","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Glass Cabinet GC36D is a modern ambient display unit designed for busy front of house settings. Perfect for commercial kitchens, cafes, and retail environments, it allows both staff and customers to see displayed items clearly, enhancing product visibility and accessibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with high-quality toughened safety glass, this cabinet provides impressive durability and hygiene. Its rear sliding doors enable staff to quickly access items while maintaining optimal food safety. Plus, after service hours, cleaning is a breeze, setting it apart from less efficient display solutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 490(H) x 607(W) x 350(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 28kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Toughened Safety Glass and Stainless Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Height\u003c\/strong\u003e Generous 150mm for versatile display\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase Glass Thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e 10mm for extra stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemovable Shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e 6mm thick for easy cleaning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-slip rubber feet boost safety and stability during use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttractive polished glass edges give an elegant finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear sliding doors facilitate quick, assisted service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRobust toughened glass construction enhances visibility and security.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-clean design minimizes downtime, keeping your display always ready.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel shelf support brackets ensure a reliable structure for all your displays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVersatile shelf height allows for creative merchandising regardless of item size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety features like non-slip feet provide peace of mind in busy environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDust and debris are easily wiped away thanks to its sleek surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Ambient Display Unit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVisibility of Items\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnhances customer engagement and impulse purchases.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEase of Access\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eFaster service and increased employee efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eHygienic Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003ePromotes food safety and customer trust.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable Construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003e -lasting investment reduces replacement costs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Glass Cabinet GC36D excels in various settings, making it a versatile choice for numerous industries.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for cafes displaying pastries and desserts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for retail outlets showcasing snacks and beverages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful in catering operations for setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for restaurants featuring daily specials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat for showcasing promotional items in stores.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSetting up the Glass Cabinet is straightforward. Ensure stable surfaces to prevent tipping, and regularly wipe down surfaces to maintain hygiene. Removable shelves facilitate effortless cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on the Glass Cabinet GC36D?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe warranty is 2 years for parts and labour, ensuring reliability and peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is the cabinet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Glass Cabinet weighs 28kg, providing stability and durability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials are used in its construction?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cabinet features toughened safety glass and stainless steel, making it both safe and stylish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOrder the Glass Cabinet GC36D today to enhance your display and service efficiency. Its combination of visibility, hygiene, and stylish design makes it an essential tool for any front of house operation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811107225985,"sku":"J224","price":911.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/7d0196e1229982d1465ff35abdebfae9.png?v=1781706922"},{"product_id":"commercial-ambient-display-cabinet-490mm-high-907mm-wide","title":"Commercial Ambient Display Cabinet 490mm High 907mm Wide","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Glass Cabinet is an innovative ambient display unit designed for businesses that prioritize visibility and accessibility. Ideal for restaurants, cafes, and retail environments, this display cabinet enhances customer engagement by showcasing products in a clear, organized manner. Its elegant design not only attracts attention but also provides a functional solution for storing and displaying food and non-food items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from strong, toughened safety glass, the cabinet ensures durability while maintaining a sleek and modern aesthetic. The open back design facilitates quick access for staff, remedying the common problem of inefficient service. This unit stands out for its ease of cleaning, allowing you to maintain hygiene standards effortlessly and prepare for the next service with minimal downtime.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 490(H) x 907(W) x 350(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 29kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColour\u003c\/strong\u003e Clear\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGenerous 150mm shelf height for versatile display of various items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNon-slip rubber feet enhance stability and safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAttractive polished glass edges add to the aesthetic appeal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e6mm thick removable shelves promote easy cleaning and merchandising flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStrong glass construction ensures a robust display for longevity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eOpen back design simplifies customer service for staff.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy-to-clean surfaces save time between shifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHigh shelf height accommodates various product sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRubber feet prevent slipping, ensuring safe use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePolished edges elevate the visual of the display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Ambient Display Unit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVisibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eShowcases products effectively, attracting more customers.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAccessibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuick access for staff speeds up service, improving customer satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy Maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eLess time cleaning means more time serving, optimizing workflow.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eAccommodates a variety of items, from baked goods to retail merchandise.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Glass Cabinet is versatile, making it suitable for various environments. Its design is both functional and stylish, appealing to multiple settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRestaurants for displaying desserts and pastries.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafes showcasing sandwiches and drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRetail stores presenting merchandise and promotional items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e setups where visibility is crucial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eFood trucks and mobile catering solutions for on-the-go service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation is straightforward with no complex assembly required; simply place the unit on a flat, stable surface. Regular cleaning with appropriate glass cleaners ensures clarity and hygiene.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty on the Glass Cabinet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe product comes with a 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour warranty for peace of mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow heavy is the cabinet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Glass Cabinet weighs 29kg, ensuring stability during use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the glass removable for cleaning?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes, the cabinet includes removable shelves designed for easy cleaning and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your display with the Glass Cabinet, a reliable and attractive solution for showcasing your offerings. Order today and elevate your service experience!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811107258753,"sku":"GJ721","price":887.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/855b1edddd1cfebe0a58e69177efb988.png?v=1781706922"},{"product_id":"commercial-ambient-display-cabinet-with-sliding-glass-doors","title":"Commercial Ambient Display Cabinet with Sliding Glass Doors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Glass Cabinet GC46D is an ambient display unit crafted for those in the hospitality and food service industries. Designed to showcase food and other items, it provides both safety and visibility, making it an ideal choice for cafés, hotels, and bars. The primary benefit is its ability to protect your products while ensuring they are always in view, enhancing customer appeal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from toughened safety glass and sturdy stainless steel, this cabinet is built to withstand daily use in busy environments. Its removable sliding doors simplify access for both customers and staff, while the interior shelves can be easily removed for hassle-free cleaning. What sets this display unit apart is its commitment to hygiene and safety, thanks to its thoughtful design and robust materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 x 583(W) x 310(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Toughened Glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier Model Number\u003c\/strong\u003e GC46D\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 34kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBuilt with toughened safety glass for maximum durability and clarity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRectangular frame allows for low maintenance and straightforward cleaning procedures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRear doors provide easy access while promoting better hygiene protocols.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe polished glass edges enhance the visual appeal, making your products irresistible.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNon-slip rubber feet ensure stability while minimizing risk of slips and spills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGenerous shelf height accommodates a variety of food and non-food items effortlessly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAll-around visibility lets your products shine, attracting more customers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRobust construction is designed to endure frequent handling and cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable shelves make it easy to switch out displays or clean as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSafety glass protects items while maintaining a stylish appearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNon-slip feet add an extra layer of security for peace of mind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eStylish design complements a range of interior settings, enhancing overall décor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Ambient Display Unit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSturdy construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurability ensures longevity, providing value for your investment.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile usage\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eGreat for displaying food, beverages, or merchandise in various settings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy access\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSimplified cleaning and stocking lead to enhanced operational efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis ambient display unit excels in various environments, making it an essential tool for businesses focused on food and beverage presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ePerfect for cafés showcasing pastries, sandwiches, and other treats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eIdeal for hotels displaying breakfast options and refreshments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBeneficial for bars promoting bottled drinks or snack items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eUseful in retail environments for showcasing non-food merchandise.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSetting up the Glass Cabinet GC46D is straightforward. Ensure it is placed on a flat surface for stability. Regular cleaning of the glass can be done using glass cleaners to maintain its shine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for this cabinet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cabinet comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many shelves does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Glass Cabinet GC46D includes four removable shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials are used in its construction?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit is built from toughened glass and stainless steel for durability and safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExperience the perfect blend of style and functionality with the Glass Cabinet GC46D. Boost the visibility of your displayed items and enhance the shopping experience for your customers. Order today to elevate your display standards!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811107291521,"sku":"M905","price":1031.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/4e71bef2b3756d8a880506df889560a7.png?v=1781706923"},{"product_id":"commercial-ambient-display-cabinet-with-glass-front-583mm-wide","title":"Commercial Ambient Display Cabinet with Glass Front 583mm Wide","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Glass Cabinet is an ambient display unit designed for cafes, hotels, and bars, making it the perfect solution for showcasing your food and non-food items. This cabinet not only enhances visibility but also ensures that your products are protected by toughened safety glass, allowing for an attractive display while facilitating easy access for staff.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from high-quality stainless steel and toughened glass, this cabinet is built to last. Its open-back design allows for seamless interactions between staff and stock, eliminating barriers that can hinder service. Additionally, the cabinet's removable interior shelves simplify cleaning and maintenance, ensuring a pristine environment for your displayed items.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 4(H) x 583(W) x 310(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Stainless Steel \u0026amp; Toughened Glass\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 28.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupplier Model Number\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eConstructed with toughened safety glass for added durability and protection.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRectangular frame design allows for effortless maintenance and cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eOpen access design enables staff to quickly restock items at any time.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003ePolished glass edges enhance the visual appeal of your displayed products.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eEquipped with non-slip rubber feet for stability and safety.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eFour spacious shelves accommodate a variety of items, maximizing display versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eSafe and easy-to-clean 6mm thick removable shelves streamline upkeep.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eSturdy construction with 10mm thick base and robust shelf support brackets ensures -term reliability.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eGenerous shelf height allows for flexible arrangements of products, whether food or non-food items.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eTransparent design increases customer engagement by allowing full visibility of offerings.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eRobust stainless steel frame contributes to a aesthetic within any establishment.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Ambient Display Units\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003ctable\u003e \n\u003cthead\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/thead\u003e \n\u003ctbody\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEnhanced visibility\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eAttracts customers with well-displayed products, leading to increased sales opportunities.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEasy access for staff\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eReduces service time, improving overall customer experience and satisfaction.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eLow maintenance\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eSaves time and effort, allowing staff to focus on providing excellent service rather than cleaning.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003ctr\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eDurable materials\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003ctd\u003eEnsures longevity of the unit, protecting your investment over time.\u003c\/td\u003e \n\u003c\/tr\u003e \n\u003c\/tbody\u003e \n\u003c\/table\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Glass Cabinet excels in various settings, making it a versatile addition to any food service environment.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cul\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for cafés showcasing pastries and sandwiches.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003ePerfect for hotels displaying breakfast items or snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eGreat in bars for appetizers or a selection of drinks.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for retail environments offering specialty items or gifts.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003cli\u003eUsed effectively in setups or catered events.\u003c\/li\u003e \n\u003c\/ul\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe Glass Cabinet is easy to install and requires minimal setup. Regular cleaning of the toughened glass and stainless steel surfaces will keep it looking its best.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the cabinet?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe dimensions of the Glass Cabinet are 4(H) x 583(W) x 310(D)mm.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many shelves does this cabinet have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThis unit features four shelves, providing ample space for displaying items.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty for this product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \n\u003cp\u003eThe cabinet comes with a 2-year warranty covering parts and labor.\u003c\/p\u003e \n\n\u003cp\u003eEnhance your display with the Glass Cabinet, ensuring your products are presented with style and ease. Order today to elevate your service atmosphere and captivate your customers!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811107324289,"sku":"M904","price":926.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/e23924c937fa1a9549f2d126d65f7d4f.png?v=1781706923"},{"product_id":"commercial-ambient-display-unit-with-glass-front-490mm-high","title":"Commercial Ambient Display Unit with Glass Front 490mm High","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Glass Cabinet is a versatile ambient display unit designed for cafés, hotels, and bars. It provides an elegant solution for showcasing food and non-food items while ensuring they remain protected. Thanks to the open back design, staff can easily access the stocked items with minimal interruption, enhancing customer service during busy hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed with toughened safety glass, this UK-made display offers durability and peace of mind. Its easy-to-clean design, featuring removable interior shelves, simplifies maintenance, allowing for continual operations without compromising the cleanliness and presentation of your display items. The sturdy build ensures longevity while seamlessly fitting into various front-of-house environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProduct Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions\u003c\/strong\u003e 490(H) x 607(W) x 350(D)mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeight\u003c\/strong\u003e 22.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarranty\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 Years Parts \u0026amp; Labour\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Height\u003c\/strong\u003e 150mm for versatile display\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial\u003c\/strong\u003e Toughened safety glass with stainless steel supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Thickness\u003c\/strong\u003e 6mm thick removable shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeet\u003c\/strong\u003e Non-slip rubber feet for stability\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNo doors allow quick access for staff\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eSturdy 10mm thick base ensures exceptional strength.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRectangular frame minimizes maintenance efforts and eases cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eEasy access to stock allows for efficient service during peak times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eThe generous shelf height allows for an array of display options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCombines safety and visibility while enhancing customer experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey Features and Benefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eToughened safety glass provides enhanced protection for displayed items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eQuick access design facilitates efficiency in busy commercial settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRemovable shelves make cleaning uncomplex and hassle-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eLow maintenance features mean more time focusing on service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eGenerous shelf height offers flexibility for a variety of display items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eNon-slip rubber feet enhance stability, preventing accidents.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose This Ambient Display Units\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n \u003cthead\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eBenefit\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003cth\u003eWhat It Means For You\u003c\/th\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/thead\u003e\n \u003ctbody\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eDurable construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEnsures -term use and reliability in high-traffic settings.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eEasy cleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSaves time and effort, allowing for consistent presentation.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eQuick access\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eReduces waiting times and enhances customer service efficiency.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003ctr\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eVersatile design\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003ctd\u003eSuitable for a range of items, from pastries to beverages.\u003c\/td\u003e\n \u003c\/tr\u003e\n \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplications and Ideal Uses\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Glass Cabinet is perfect for various settings, making it a valuable addition to any establishment. Ideal uses include:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eCafés showcasing baked goods and snacks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eHotels featuring a breakfast display.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eBars presenting appetizers and small plates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eRetail environments displaying non-food items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eAny setting where visibility and accessibility are paramount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation and Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Glass Cabinet is designed for straightforward installation. Ensure the unit is positioned on a level surface, and keep the non-slip rubber feet in contact with the floor for added stability. Regularly clean the glass and shelves to maintain hygiene and presentation quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat materials is the cabinet made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cabinet features toughened safety glass and stainless steel support brackets for added strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the warranty period for the product?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis unit comes with a 2 years parts and labour warranty, ensuring peace of mind for your investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the shelves be adjusted?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cabinet includes removable 6mm thick shelves, allowing for flexible arrangements to suit your display needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor an effective and visually appealing way to display your offerings, the Glass Cabinet is the ideal choice. Order today to elevate your customer experience.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Express Catering","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":55811107357057,"sku":"GJ720","price":803.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0581\/2106\/0503\/files\/6e9091e65f8b123584ba0d7294266197.png?v=1781706925"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.questorm.co.uk\/collections\/ns-app-servery-and-display-machines.oembed?page=13","provider":"Questrom Ltd","version":"1.0","type":"link"}